NSA320S-2T - Server ZYXEL - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Network Attached Storage (NAS) Server
Brand	ZyXEL
Model	NSA320S-2T
Hard Disk Bays	2 internal SATA bays (supports RAID 0, JBOD, RAID 1)
Processor	Marvell 88F6282 (1.2 GHz, estimated)
Memory	512 MB DDR3 RAM (estimated)
Dimensions (W x D x H)	Approx. 194 x 122 x 220 mm
Weight (without disks)	Approx. 2.0 kg
Power Input	12V DC, 3A external power adapter
Power Consumption	About 20 W (normal operation, estimated)
Cooling	1x 80mm fan (rear, speed controlled)
Network Interface	1x Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45)
USB Ports	2x USB 2.0 (front/rear), 1x eSATA (rear, for 1-bay models; for 2-bay models, eSATA may vary)
Main Functions	File sharing (CIFS, FTP, NFS), backup, media server (DLNA, iTunes), download manager (HTTP, FTP, BitTorrent, eMule), print server, web publishing, cloud sync (Dropbox), Time Machine support
Supported RAID Levels	JBOD, RAID 0, RAID 1 (with 2 disks)
File System	Ext4 (internal), FAT32/NTFS (external USB)
LED Indicators	Power (blue), System (green/orange), HDD (green/red), USB (green/red), LAN (green/amber), Copy/Sync (green/red)
Reset Button	Rear, resets IP/password or factory defaults (hold 2s or 7s)
Copy/Sync Button	Front, copies/syncs files between USB device and NAS without PC
Maintenance & Cleaning	Keep away from dust and moisture; clean exterior with dry cloth; avoid obstructing ventilation slots.
Safety Precautions	Disconnect power before installing/removing disks; do not use near water; only use supplied power adapter.
Spare Parts & Repairability	Hard drives (standard 3.5" SATA), power adapter (12V, 3A), fan (80mm). Contact vendor for replacement parts.

Frequently Asked Questions - NSA320S-2T ZYXEL

How do I access the NSA320S-2T for the first time?

You can access it by using the NAS Starter Utility on a Windows PC to discover the device, or by typing the server name (default 'nsa320s-2t') or IP address in a web browser. The default username is admin and password is 1234.

What RAID levels does the NSA320S-2T support?

With two hard disks installed, it supports RAID 0 (striping), RAID 1 (mirroring), and JBOD. RAID 1 provides data redundancy in case of a disk failure.

How can I reset the password if I forget it?

Press and hold the RESET button on the rear until you hear one beep (about 2 seconds) to reset only the IP address and password to defaults. To reset all settings, hold for two beeps (about 7 seconds). The password will be reset to 1234.

Can I use the NSA320S-2T as a media server?

Yes, it has a built-in media server that supports DLNA and iTunes. You can publish shares containing music, photos, and videos to media clients on your network.

How do I set up a backup schedule?

Use the BackupPlanner in the web configurator under 'Protect > Backup'. You can create archive or synchronization backup jobs, set a schedule, and choose destinations like external USB drives or another NAS.

What is the COPY/SYNC button used for?

The front COPY/SYNC button allows you to copy or synchronize files between a connected USB device (flash drive, camera, etc.) and the NAS without using a computer. Configuration is done in 'Applications > Copy/Sync Button'.

Can I access files remotely via FTP?

Yes, the NAS supports FTP and FTPES (FTP over explicit TLS/SSL). Enable it under 'Applications > FTP Server' and configure user permissions. You can also use web publishing for browser-based access.

How do I upgrade the firmware?

Download the latest firmware from the ZyXEL support website. In the web configurator, go to 'System Setting > Firmware/Packages' and upload the file. The NAS will reboot after installation.

What should I do if the NAS cannot be found on the network?

Ensure the NAS is powered on and connected to the same subnet. Run the NAS Starter Utility to scan for devices. If still not found, try a reset of the IP settings using the RESET button. Also check that Windows network discovery is enabled.

Can I use the NSA320S-2T with Time Machine on Mac?

Yes, the NAS supports Time Machine backups. Enable it under 'Applications > Time Machine' in the web configurator. You can select a share as the backup destination.

USER MANUAL NSA320S-2T ZYXEL

KEEP THIS GUIDE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

Screenshots and graphics in this book may differ slightly from your product due to differences in your product firmware or your computer operating system. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate.

Related Documentation

- Quick Start Guide

The Quick Start Guide shows how to connect the NSA and get up and running right away.

• Web Configurator Online Help

The embedded Web Help contains descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information.

Contents Overview

User's Guide 15

Getting to Know Your NSA 17

NAS Starter Utility 21

Web Configurator Basics 29

Tutorials ....51

Technical Reference 135

Status Screen 137

System Setting 141

Storage 151

Network 165

Applications 175

Packages 215

Auto Upload 265

Dropbox 279

Using Time Machine with the NSA 283

Users 287

Groups 293

Shares 297

Maintenance Screens 305

Protecting Your Data 325

Troubleshooting 327

Product Specifications 345

Table of Contents

Contents Overview ....3

Table of Contents ....5

Part I: User's Guide .... 15

Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your NSA....17

1.1 Overview ...... 17

1.1.1 Hard Disks for 2-Bay Models ....18

1.1.2 Hard Disks for 1-Bay Models ....18

1.1.3 COPY/SYNC Button 19

1.1.4 RESET Button 19

Chapter 2 NAS Starter Utility....21

2.1 Overview ...... 21

2.2 Starting the NAS Starter Utility 21

2.3 NAS Seeker Screen 21

2.4 Main NAS Starter Utility Screen 23

2.4.1 Directory of the NAS 24

2.5 Import Files or Folders with zPilot 25

2.6 Network Drive 26

2.7 Manage the Device 27

2.8 Configure System Settings 27

Chapter 3 Web Configurator Basics....29

3.1 Overview ......29

3.2 Accessing the NSA Web Configurator ....29

3.2.1 Access the NSA Via NAS Starter Utility 30

3.2.2 Web Browser Access .... 30

3.3 Login 31

3.4 Home Screens 32

3.4.1 Now Playing (Music) 35

3.4.2 Exif and Google Maps (Photos) 35

3.4.3 Slideshow (Photos) 36

3.4.4 Favorite .... 37

3.4.5 File Browser 37
3.4.6 Share and Folder Names ....41
3.4.7 Application Zone 42
3.4.8 System Settings 43

3.5 Administration Screens 44

3.5.1 Global Administration Icons 45
3.5.2 Navigation Panel 46
3.5.3 Main Window 48
3.5.4 Status Messages ....48
3.5.5 Common Screen Icons 48
3.5.6 Session Example (Windows) 49

Chapter 4 Tutorials....51

4.1 Overview ....51
4.2 Windows 7 Network ....51

4.2.1 If the NSA Icon Does Not Display ....53
4.2.2 NSA Icon Right-click Options 54

4.3 Windows 7 Network Map ....55
4.4 Playing Media Files in Windows 7 ....58
4.5 Windows 7 Devices and Printers ....58

4.5.1 Windows 7 Desktop Shortcut ......60

4.6 Creating a Volume in a 2-Bay NSA 61

4.6.1 Creating a RAID 1 Volume ......61
4.6.2 Migrate Button 62
4.6.3 Create an Internal Volume Button 62

4.7 Creating a Volume in a 1-Bay NSA 63

4.7.1 Creating a RAID 1 Volume ......64
4.7.2 Migrate Button 64
4.7.3 Create a SATA Volume Button 65
4.7.4 Creating a PC Compatible Volume 67

4.8 Deleting a Volume ....70
4.9 File Sharing Tutorials ......71

4.9.1 Creating a User Account 71
4.9.2 Creating a Share 73
4.9.3 Creating a Group 75
4.9.4 Accessing a Share From Windows Explorer 76
4.9.5 Accessing a Share Using FTP 78
4.9.6 Accessing a Share Through the Web Configurator 79

4.10 Download Service Tutorial 80

4.10.1 Copying/Pasting a Download Link 80
4.10.2 Installing the Link Capture Browser Plugin 83
4.10.3 Using the Link Capture Browser Plugin 88

4.10.4 Configuring the Download Service Preferences 90
4.10.5 Using Download Service Notification 92

4.11 Broadcasting Tutorial 95
4.12 Printer Server Tutorial 99
4.13 Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutorial ....101
4.14 FTP Uploadr Tutorial 102
4.15 Web Configurator's Security Sessions 105

4.15.1 Customizing the NSA's Certificate 106
4.15.2 Downloading and Installing Customized Certificate 107
4.15.3 Turn on the NSA's Web Security 111

4.16 Using FTPES to Connect to the NSA 118

4.17 Using a Mac to Access the NSA 119

4.17.1 Finder .... 120
4.17.2 Go Menu 121

4.18 How to Use the BackupPlanner 122

4.18.1 Creating an Archive Backup .... 122
4.18.2 Creating a Synchronization Backup 125
4.18.3 Restoring Archived Files by Backup Job 128
4.18.4 Restoring by Backup Files 131

Part II: Technical Reference.... 135

Chapter 5

Status Screen 137

5.1 Overview 137
5.2 The Status Screen 137

Chapter 6

System Setting....141

6.1 Overview ...... 141
6.2 What You Can Do ....141
6.3 What You Need to Know ....141
6.4 The Firmware Upgrade Screen 143
6.5 Package Management Screen 143

6.5.1 Displaying the Package Information 146

6.6 The Server Name Screen 147
6.7 The Date/Time Screen 147

Chapter 7

Storage 151

7.1 Overview ...... 151

7.1.1 What You Need to Know About Storage .... 151

7.2 The Storage Screen 152

7.2.1 Disk Replacement Restrictions 152

7.2.2 Storage Screen 153

7.2.3 Volume Status 154

7.3 Creating an Internal (SATA) Volume 155

7.4 Editing a Volume 157

7.4.1 Scanning a Volume 158

7.5 Creating an External (USB) Volume 158

7.5.1 External Disks 159

7.6 Storage Technical Reference 160

7.6.1 Volumes and RAID 160

7.6.2 Choosing a Storage Method for a Volume 160

7.6.3 Storage Methods ...... 161

Chapter 8 Network 165

8.1 Overview 165

8.2 What You Can Do 165

8.3 What You Need to Know 165

8.4 The TCP/IP Screen 166

8.5 UPnP Port Mapping Screen 169

8.5.1 UPnP and the NSA's IP Address 169

8.5.2 UPnP and Security 170

8.5.3 The NSA's Services and UPnP 170

8.5.4 Configuring UPnP Port Mapping 171

8.6 The PPPoE Screen 172

8.7 Telnet Screen 173

Chapter 9 Applications ...... 175

9.1 Overview 175

9.2 What You Can Do ....175

9.3 What You Need to Know 175

9.4 FTP Server 177

9.5 The Media Server Screens 178

9.5.1 The Media Server Share Publish Screen 179

9.5.2 The Media Server SqueezeCenter Screen 180

9.6 The iTunes Server Screen 180

9.7 The Download Service Screen 181

9.7.1 Adding a Download Task 184

9.7.2 Configuring General Download Settings 186

9.7.3 Configuring the P2P Download Settings 188

9.7.4 Edit IP Filter 190
9.7.5 Selecting Files to Download 191
9.7.6 Displaying the Task Information 192

9.8 The Web Publishing Screen 193

9.9 The Broadcatching Screen 194

9.9.1 Adding a Broadcasting Channel 196
9.9.2 Editing a Broadcasting Channel 199

9.10 The Print Server Screen ....200

9.10.1 Print Server Rename 201

9.11 The Copy/Sync Button Screen 202
9.12 Technical Reference 203

9.12.1 Sharing Media Files on Your Network ......203
9.12.2 Download Service ....204
9.12.3 Link Capture Browser Plugin 205
9.12.4 Download Service Notification .....205
9.12.5 P2P Download Security 206
9.12.6 Web Publishing Example ......208
9.12.7 Web Publishing 209
9.12.8 Channel Guides for Broadcasting 210
9.12.9 Printer Sharing 211
9.12.10 Copying Files ...... 211
9.12.11 Synchronizing Files ......212

Chapter 10 Packages ......215

10.1 Overview ......215
10.2 What You Can Do ....215
10.3 SMART Screen 215

10.3.1 SMART Brief Summary 216
10.3.2 SMART Full Summary 217

10.4 DyDNS Screen 219
10.5 NFS Screen 220

10.5.1 Add/Edit NFS Share 221
10.5.2 NFS Session 222

10.6 Syslog Server Screen 223

10.7 TFTP Server Screen 225
10.8 eMule Screens 226

10.8.1 eMule Server Screen 226
10.8.2 Add Server 228
10.8.3 Edit Server 228
10.8.4 My Info 229
10.8.5 eMule Task Screen 230
10.8.6 Add Task 232

10.8.7 Preferences 233
10.8.8 Edit IP Filter 236
10.8.9 Share Browsing 236
10.8.10 Task Info 238
10.8.11 eMule Search Screen 239

10.9 pyLoad Screen 240
10.10 Polkast Setup 241
10.11 Protect Screens 245
10.12 Backup Screens 246

10.12.1 Backup: Step 1 247
10.12.2 Backup: Step 2 248
10.12.3 Backup: Step 3 ......250
10.12.4 Backup: Step 4 ....251
10.12.5 Edit Job Screen 252
10.12.6 Edit Job: Step 1 253
10.12.7 Edit Job: Step 2 254
10.12.8 Restore Archive Screen 255
10.12.9 Restore Archive: Step 1 ......255
10.12.10 Restore Archive: Step 2 ......256
10.12.11 Restore Archive: Step 3 ......257

12.2 Dropbox Screen 279
12.3 How to Use Dropbox with the NSA 281

Chapter 13

Using Time Machine with the NSA 283

13.1 Overview ......283
13.2 Time Machine Screen 283
13.3 Using Time Machine 283

Chapter 14

Users....287

14.1 Overview 287
14.2 What You Can Do ....287
14.3 The Users Screen 287

14.3.1 User Icons 289
14.3.2 Adding or Editing an Account ......289
14.3.3 Usernames ....291
14.4 Displaying User Info 292

Chapter 15

Groups 293

15.1 Overview ......293
15.2 What You Can Do ....293
15.3 The Groups Screen 293

15.3.1 Adding or Editing a Group ......294

15.3.2 Group Names ....295

er 16

Shares......297

16.1 Overview ......297
16.2 What You Can Do ....297
16.3 The Shares Screen 297

16.3.1 Adding or Editing Share 299
16.3.2 Configuring Advanced Share Access 300
16.3.3 Public and ANONYMOUS Share Access Rights 301

16.4 The Recycle Bin Configuration Screen 301

16.4.1 Recycle Bins 301
16.4.2 Configuring Recycle Bins 302

16.5 The Share Browser Screen ....302

16.5.1 Moving or Copying Files ....304

er 17

Maintenance Screens 305

17.1 Overview 305
17.2 What You Can Do ....305
17.3 The Power Screen 305

17.3.1 Notes on NSA-310 305

17.3.2 Editing the Power Control Schedule Screen 308

17.4 The Log Screen 309

17.4.1 Report Config Screen 310
17.4.2 Email Setting 311
17.4.3 Report Setting 312
17.4.4 Syslog Server Setting 312

17.5 The Configuration Screen 313

17.6 SSL Certification 314
17.6.1 Modifying or Creating a Certificate 315
17.7 The Shutdown Screen ....316
17.8 Technical Reference 317

17.8.1 Log Classes ....317
17.8.2 Log Severity Levels ......318
17.8.3 Log Messages ....318

Chapter 18

Protecting Your Data 325

18.1 Overview ......325
18.2 Protection Methods ...... 325
18.3 Configuration File Backup and Restoration 325

Chapter 19

Troubleshooting....327

19.1 Troubleshooting Overview ......327
19.2 Power, Hardware, Connections, and LEDs 327
19.3 NAS Starter Utility 329
19.4 NSA Login and Access 330

19.4.1 Enabling Scripting of Safe ActiveX Controls 332

19.5 | Cannot Access The NSA 334
19.6 Users Cannot Access the NSA 334
19.7 External USB Drives 336
19.8 Firmware 336
19.9 File Transfer 336
19.10 Networking 337
19.11 Some Features' Screens Do Not Display ....337
19.12 Media Server Functions ....338
19.13 Download Service and Broadcasting Functions ....340
19.14 Web Publishing 341
19.15 Auto Upload 342

19.16 Package Management 342
19.17 Backups 343

Chapter 20

Product Specifications....345

20.1 LEDs 345
20.2 Supported Media Server Content Formats 346
20.3 Supported iTunes Server Content Formats 346

Appendix A Legal Information....347

Index 351

PART I

User's Guide

Getting to Know Your NSA

1.1 Overview

This chapter covers the main features and applications of the NSA.

Use the NSA to do the following.

• Share files between computers on your network.
• Back up files from your computers to the NSA.
• Use the COPY/ SYNC button to copy or synchronize files between the NSA and USB devices like card readers, MP3 players, mass storage devices, and digital cameras without using a computer.
• Have the NSA handle large file downloads.
• Automatically download files from website feeds for convenient viewing.
• Play the NSA's video, music and photo files on your computers using the included media client software.
• Play the NSA's video, music and photo files on hardware-based media players.
• Use the NSA's website to share files with remote users.
• Use iTunes on your computer to play video and music files stored on the NSA.
• Share printers.
  • Automatically upload photo and video files to your FTP server, Flickr and YouTube accounts.

Figure 1 Example of the NSA in a Home Network

graph TD
    A["Router"] --> B["PCs"]
    A --> C["Internet"]
    A --> D["media player"]
    A --> E["MS"]
    A --> F["USB HDD"]
    A --> G["USB"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Above is the NSA in a home network. Users back up and share data on the NSA. The media player plays the NSA's media files on the TV. A USB hard drive provides extra storage space and files are copied directly from the USB mass storage device to the NSA.

Place the NSA behind a firewall and/or IDP (Intrusion Detection and Prevention) device to protect it from attacks from the Internet.

Note: See Chapter 20 on page 345 for a more detailed list of NSA features.

Refer to the Quick Start Guide for hardware connections and how to install and remove hard drives from the disk trays.

Note: Turn off and disconnect the NSA before you install or remove the internal hard disk or disks.

Table 1 Model-specific Features

FEATURE MODELS
2 hard disk bays NSA320, NSA325, NSA325 v2
1 hard disk bay NSA310, NSA310S
Telnet NSA310S, NSA325, NSA325 v2
Power Control Schedule	NSA310S, NSA320, NSA325, NSA325 v2
Power On After Power Failure	NSA310S, NSA320, NSA325, NSA325 v2

1.1.1 Hard Disks for 2-Bay Models

The 2-bay NSA models have two internal hard disk bays. Install one or two SATA (Serial Advanced Technology Attachment) hard disks. Note that both SATA hard disks are treated as internal or SATA volumes in the Storage > Volume screen (Section 7.3 on page 155). Any hard disk connected to the USB port(s) is considered an external or USB volume.

1.1.2 Hard Disks for 1-Bay Models

The 1-bay NSA models have one internal hard disk bay and one external SATA (eSATA) port. This allows you to connect one internal SATA (Serial Advanced Technology Attachment) hard disk and one eSATA hard disk (optional).

Initializing the internal hard disk configures it as a JBOD volume by default. JBOD stands for Just a Bunch Of Disk and in this storage method, all disk space is used for your data - none is used for backup. If you are not using an eSATA hard disk, JBOD is the only storage method you can use.

If you attach an eSATA (external SATA) hard disk, you can create a RAID 1 volume. RAID 1 allows data recovery in case your hard disk fails. To create a RAID 1 volume on the NSA, you must delete the JBOD volume created by the firmware. Refer to Section 7.3 on page 155 for the Storage screen where you can create the RAID 1 volume.

The eSATA hard disk can also be configured as a JBOD or a PC Compatible Volume. See Section 7.1.1 on page 151 for more information on these storage methods.

Note that both SATA and eSATA hard disks are treated as internal or SATA volumes in the Storage screen (Section 7.3 on page 155). Any hard disk connected to the USB port(s) is considered an external or USB volume.

1.1.3 COPY/SYNC Button

Use the COPY/ SYNC button on the front panel to copy or synchronize files between a connected USB device and the NSA. See Section 9.11 on page 202 for more details on how to configure the copy/sync settings.

1.1.4 RESET Button

Use the RESET button on the rear panel to restore the NSA's default settings.

Figure 2 The RESET Button

graph LR
    A["Press"] --> B["1 Beep"]
    B --> C["2 Beeps"]
    C --> D["5 more seconds"]
    D --> E["Release to Clear All Settings"]
    F["Release to Reset IP Address Password"] --> B
    G["Release to Clear All Settings"] --> C

• Press the RESET button until you hear one beep (after about two seconds), then release it. You will hear one more beep after you release the button.
  This resets the NSA's IP address and password to the default values.

- Press the RESET button until you hear two beeps. After the second beep, continue pressing the button for five more seconds, then release it. You will hear three quick beeps after you release the button.

This resets the NSA to the factory default configuration. All settings you have configured on the NSA, including IP address, password, user accounts, groups, and so on will be reset to the factory defaults.

The reset process does NOT affect the volume settings, nor data stored on the NSA.

You should periodically back up your configuration file to your computer (see Section 17.5 on page 313 for details about managing the NSA's configuration file). You could then restore your configuration in the event that you or someone else reset the NSA to the factory defaults.

Note: Keep the NSA in a secure location in order to prevent unauthorized reset of the device.

You may need to close and re-open the NAS Starter Utility to discover the NSA. This is because the NSA automatically re-acquires IP address information, so its IP address may change. If no IP address information is assigned, the NSA uses Auto-IP to assign itself an IP address and subnet mask. For example, you could connect the NSA directly to your computer. If the computer is also set to get an IP address automatically, the computer and the NSA will choose addresses for themselves and be able to communicate.

Note: Installing this version of the NAS Starter Utility will uninstall previous versions.

2.1 Overview

Use the NAS Starter Utility to find, set up, and manage the NSA as well as copy files to it and access the files on it.

Make sure you have a backup of any existing data in the hard disk before installing it in the NSA. Using the initialization wizard formats the hard disk and deletes all data in the process.

The NAS Starter Utility supports Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, and Windows 8. Click Help to open a web help page about the NAS Starter Utility screens. NAS Starter Utility screens are shown here as they display with the Windows platform.

Note: Refer to the Quick Start Guide for your NSA's hardware connections and the steps for installing the NAS Starter Utility.

2.2 Starting the NAS Starter Utility

• The NAS Starter Utility broadcasts a request packet when you first run it. Each NSA has an NAS Starter Utility Agent that always listens and responds to requests from the NAS Starter Utility. The NAS Starter Utility receives the response packet that contains information, such as host name, IP, and so on.
• If you plan to use more than one NSA in your network, configure them with unique server names. This enables you to identify each NSA in the NAS Starter Utility screens.

2.3 NAS Seeker Screen

Use this screen to view the NSAs in your network. The NSA's Server Name. The default is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example). See Section 2.8 on page 27 for how to change it to a more recognizable one in your network.

Start the NAS Starter Utility (click the icon in your Desktop or in Start > Programs > ZyXEL > NAS Starter Utility). The first time you open the NAS Starter Utility the discovery screen appears as follows.

Figure 3 NAS Seeker

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 2 NAS Seeker

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Connect Select a NSA	A and click this to connect to it.
Refresh	Click this to refresh the screen. The NAS Starter Utility does not automatically refresh.
Status	This shows whether the NSA is Online, Unreachable, Configuring, or Config Failed.
Server Name	This is the server name you configured for the NSA. If you have more than one NSA in your network, it is recommended that you give each one a unique name for identification purposes.
IP Address This is the current IP address of the NSA.

2.4 Main NAS Starter Utility Screen

The main NAS Starter Utility screen displays after you select an NSA in the NSA Seeker screen.

Figure 4 NAS Starter Utility Main Screen

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 3 NAS Starter Utility Main Screen

LABEL DESCRIPTION
? Click this to display	the utility help.
Configuration	Click this to run the initialization wizard (see the utility help for details), configure system settings (see Section 2.8 on page 27), or go to the NSA's Web Configurator login screen (see Section 3.3 on page 31).
NAS Seeker	Click this to use the NSA Seeker screen (Section 2.3 on page 21) to find and connect to a different NSA on your network.
Server Name	This is the server name you configured for the NSA. If you have more than one NSA in your network, it is recommended that you give each one a unique name for identification purposes.
IP Address This is the current IP address of the NSA.
MAC Address This is the NSA's unique physical hardware address (MAC).
Firmware Version	This shows the version of firmware the NSA is currently using.
Status	This shows whether the NSA is Online, Uninitialized, Unreachable, Configuring, or Config Failed.
Run Initialization Wizard	This button displays if the NSA detects an installed hard disk that the NSA has not yet configured. Click the button to run the initialization wizard (see the utility help for details).

Table 3 NAS Starter Utility Main Screen

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Capacity This shows	the NSA's total, in-use, and remaining storage capacity.
Media Player	Click this to go to theHome screens where you can play media files. SeeSection 3.4 on page 32for details on theHomescreen.
zPilot Click this to launch the zPilot to drag and drop files onto the NSA.
Network Drive Click	this to add the NSA as a network drive in your computer's Windows Explorer.
Shared Folder Click	this to log into the NSA's file directory in Windows Explorer.
P2P Download	Click this to use the NSA to manage file downloads, including P2P downloads.
Dropbox Click this to use your Dropbox account to move files to the NSA and have the NSA download *.torrent files.
SMART	This displays when the NSA has the SMART package installed. Click this to view hard disk health and performance details.
WordPress	This displays when the NSA has the WordPress package installed. Click this to create and manage a blog or website. Use the NSA administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
eMule This displays	when the NSA has the eMule package installed. Click this to use the NSA's eMule peer-to-peer (P2P) file-sharing console to download and share files from the Internet. SeeSection 10.8 on page 226for details.
Gallery This displays	when the NSA has the Gallery package installed. Click this to use your NSA to host pictures. You can upload images in your local computer or shares to this application. Use the NSA administrator account to log in to the Gallery console.
pyLoad	This displays when the NSA has the pyLoad package installed. Click this to use pyLoad to have the NSA manage your downloads, including those from one-click hosting sites.

2.4.1 Directory of the NAS

Click Shared Folder to log into the NSA's file directory in Windows Explorer. Enter the administrator user name and password and click Login.

Figure 5 Login

The utility opens the NSA's directory in Windows Explorer.

Figure 6 Directory

2.5 Import Files or Folders with zPilot

In the main NAS Starter Utility screen click zPilot to be able to drag and drop files from your computer to the NSA.

Enter the administrator user name and password and click Login.

Figure 7 Login

The zPilot icon displays.

Figure 8 zPilot

Drag files onto the zPilot icon to move them to the NSA. zPilot automatically sorts music, photo, and video files into the Music, Photo, and Video folders. zPilot automatically sorts the types of media files listed in Section 20.2 on page 346 (except for the subtitles). Other types of files go to the

Public folder. For folders of files you are prompted to choose the target destination. The zPilot icon shows the transfer rate.

Figure 9 zPilot Showing Transfer Rate

Double-click the zPilot icon to display status details about the file transfers. Select an entry and click Pause, Resume, or Remove to control the transfer. After the transfer finishes you can select the entry and click Open Destination Folder to see the file on the NSA. Click Clear Completed to clear completed transfers from the list.

Figure 10 zPilot Transfer Details

2.6 Network Drive

In the main NAS Starter Utility screen click Network Drive to add the NSA as a network drive in your computer's Windows Explorer.

Enter your user name and password and click Login to be able to add the NSA's shares to which you have access as network drives. Otherwise select Guest and click Login to be able to add the NSA's public shares as network drives.

Figure 11 Login

Select a share on the NSA and the drive letter on your computer to which you want to map it. The shares that each user can select to map depends on the user's permissions. For example, if share1 is private to user1, then only user1 is allowed to map share1. The table displays the NSA shares that are already mapped to drive letters on your computer. After you click Apply you can see the

new drive in Windows Explorer (My Computer) where you can access and use it like your computer's other drives.

Figure 12 Network Drive

2.7 Manage the Device

In the main NAS Starter Utility screen click Configuration > Administration to log into the NSA's administration screens where you can manage the NSA.

Enter the administrator user name and password and click Login.

Figure 13 Login

See Section 3.5 on page 44 for more on the administration screens.

2.8 Configure System Settings

Use these screens to be able to change the NSA's server name, time zone, PPPoE, IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, or DNS settings.

Click Configuration > System Setting in the main utility screen to display the following screen.

Figure 14 NAS Starter Utility > Configuration > System Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 4 NAS Starter Utility > Configuration > System Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Name	Specify a name to uniquely identify the NSA on your network. You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters with minus signs allowed but not as the last character. The name must begin with an alphabetic character (a-z) and is case sensitive.
Time Zone	Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Enable PPPoE Connection	Click this if your Internet connection requires you to enter a user name and password to connect to the Internet. Enter your user name and password
Automatically get IP address	Select this if the NSA is automatically assigned an IP address from the ISP or a DHCP server in your network.
Manually assign IP address	Select this if you want to assign the NSA a fixed IP address, subnet mask and default gateway.Note: Do not configure an IP address that is already in use in your network. This results to a network IP address conflict and makes the NSA inaccessible.
Use from DHCP server	Domain Name System (DNS) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. Select this if the NSA is automatically given DNS information from the ISP or a DHCP server in your network.
DNS	Domain Name System (DNS) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa.Select Use from DHCP server if the NSA is automatically given DNS information from the ISP or a DHCP server in your network.Select Manually assign DNS server if you were given specific IP address(es) of the DNS server(s). Enter the primary and secondary DNS in the corresponding fields.

Web Configurator Basics

3.1 Overview

This chapter describes how to access the NSA web configurator and provides an overview of its screens.

The web configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy NSA setup and management using an Internet browser.

Use Internet Explorer 7.0, Mozilla Firefox 3.6, Safari 5, Google Chrome 10, or later versions of these browsers. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels or higher.

In order to use the web configurator you need to allow:

• Web browser pop-up windows from your device. Web pop-up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2.
• JavaScript (enabled by default).

3.2 Accessing the NSA Web Configurator

Make sure your NSA is properly connected and that your computer is in the same subnet as the NSA (refer to the Quick Start Guide or the appendices).

3.2.1 Access the NSA Via NAS Starter Utility

If you don't know the IP address of the NSA, then use the NAS Starter Utility to find it. Refer to the Quick Start Guide for how to install and run the NAS Starter Utility. See Chapter 2 on page 21 for more information on the NAS Starter Utility.

Figure 15 NAS Starter Utility Main Screen

3.2.2 Web Browser Access

Configure the server name of your NSA using the Network Configuration screen (Section 2.8 on page 27) of the NAS Starter Utility. Open your browser and type in the server name of the NSA. The default is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example).

Figure 16 NSA URL

3.3 Login

The default username and password are 'admin' and '1234' respectively. Enter your username and password. See Chapter 14 on page 287 for how to create other user accounts. If you use the option to stay logged in for two weeks (assuming you do not log out), make sure you keep your computer secure from unauthorized access. Click User Login to go to the Home screens where you can play media files. Click Administrator Login to go to the advanced administration screens.

Figure 17 NSA Login Screen

If you have not done so yet, you should see a screen asking you to change your password (highly recommended) as shown next. Type a new password (and retype it to confirm) and click Apply or click Ignore.

Figure 18 Change Password Screen

3.4 Home Screens

The Home screen after you log in using User Login.

Figure 19 Home

Note: If you did not select the option to stay logged in for two weeks when you logged in, the web configurator management session automatically times out if it is left idle for 15 minutes. Simply log back into the NSA if this happens to you.

The main Home screen displays icons for the various features you can access.

Table 5 Main Home Screen Icons

ICON DESCRIPTION
	Use Music, Photo, and Video to play and organize your music, picture, and video files.
	Use Favorite to view lists of commonly played, recently played, and recently added music files.
	Use File Browser to see your files in a tree-folder structure.
	Administrators can use Application Zone to install, access, and manage the NSA's applications.
	Use System to edit general system settings or log into the administrator advanced configuration screens.

Note: Your browser may need Windows Media Player and VLC plugins installed to play music and video files. To get the VLC plugins, you have to download and install VLC (use the .exe file). To install a VLC plugin for Firefox, when you install VLC, you have to select the Mozilla plugin option.

Current VLC plugins may not support srt file format subtitles when playing videos.

The icons at the top-right of the screen are visible from most screens. Use them to navigate between the screens and menus. The following table describes the icons.

Table 6 Global Home Labels and Icons

LABEL/ICON DESCRIPTION
Home Click this to	return to the Home screen.
Help	Click this to open a web help page specific to the screen you are currently configuring.
Logout Click this at	any time to exit the web configurator.

Here are some Home screen descriptions. A music screen is shown here as an example. Other screens work in a similar way.

Figure 20 Music Screen

This table describes common labels in the Home media screens. Not every item displays in every screen.

Table 7 Home Media Screens

LABEL DESCRIPTION
A View files. Double-click an item to play it.
B	Shows which page is displaying and the total number of pages of entries. Click an arrow or type a number to go to another page of entries.
C Select the sorting criteria:Artist - Sort music by artist.All - All of the menu's files display here.Folder - List the folders containing music files.Current Playlist - Show the playing and queued songs.
Thumbnail Click this to view the files as thumbnails.
List Click this to view the files as a list.
Play	Click this to play the currently selected file. You can also double-click a file to play it.
Add to Current Playlist	Click this to add the selected music file to the currently playing playlist.
Search Click this to look for a file or folder by name.

Table 7 Home Media Screens

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Click this	to update the display in the screen.
Now Playing This	link is available when a song is playing. Click it to see details about the song that is currently playing.

3.4.1 Now Playing (Music)

A Now Playing link displays when a song is playing. Click it to display a panel like the following. This screen displays the name of the current song and it's play progress and lets you control the playback.

Figure 21 Now Playing

3.4.2 Exif and Google Maps (Photos)

Click a photo's EXIF button to display or hide the photo's Exchangeable image file format (Exif) data.

Figure 22 Exif Information

If a photo's Exif data includes GPS location data, click the latitude or longitude link to display the location in Google Maps. Click Clear to delete the markers of other photos and only display the current photo's marker.

Figure 23 Google Maps

In a Photo menu click the SlideShow button to display the menu's files as a slideshow. Move your cursor over the slideshow's screen to display full screen, previous, pause, and next buttons for controlling the slideshow.

Note: Your browser must have the Flash Player plug-in installed to view slideshows.

Figure 24 Slideshow

Duck standing on a grassy field, no visible text or symbols

3.4.4 Favorite

Use the Favorite menu to view lists of commonly played, recently played, and recently added music files.

Figure 25 Favorite

3.4.5 File Browser

Click File Browser to open the following screen. Use the file browsing screens to play, open, upload, and download files. A share is a set of user access permissions for a specific folder on a volume (gives someone access to a folder). It is equivalent to the Windows concept of a shared folder, but the access rights are independent of the folder (you configure the share and the folder separately). You can map a share to a network drive for easy and familiar file transfer for Windows users.

• A folder icon with a hand indicates a share.
  • The administrator owns and manages the public shares.
• Double-click a media file to open it. Double-click other types of files to be able to save them.
• Click to the right of a file or folder name to select it.
• Use the [SHIFT] key to select a range of entries. Hold down the [CTRL] key to select multiple individual entries.
• Drag and drop files to open a screen that lets you choose whether to copy or move them.
• You can upload files of up to 2 GB in size.

- You can download individual files of up to 4 GB in size with Mozilla Firefox and Internet Explorer 7 and later or up to 2 GB in size with Internet Explorer 6.

Figure 26 File Browser

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Up	Click this to go to the next higher layer in the share's folder tree.
Name	This column identifies the names of folders and files in the share. Click a file's file name to open the file or save it to your computer. Click a folder's name to display the folder's contents.
Size This column	n displays a file's size in bytes.
Last Modified	This column displays the last time the file or folder was changed (in year-month-day hour:minute:second format).
Create New Folder	Click this to open the following screen where you can create a new folder within the share.Specify a name to identify the folder. See Section 3.4.6 on page 41 for more information on folder names. ClickApplyto create a folder or clickCancelto exit this screen.
Configure Share	Select a share and click this link to open a screen where you can see and configure share management details.
Delete Select a	file or folder and click this to delete it from the NSA.
Rename Select	a file or folder and click this to change its name.
Upload Click th	s to open the following screen where you can add files to the share.
	Use theBrowsebutton to locate your file/s and clickApplyto upload the file. ClickCancelto close this screen.Note: Do not refresh the screen while an upload is going on.
Download Select	a file and click this to save the file to your computer.Note: Do not refresh the screen while a download is going on.
Compress Select	files or folders and click this to compress them into a zip file.
Decompress	Select a zipped file and click this to create a folder named after the zip file and save the decompressed files into the folder.
Restore	When you are in a recycle bin folder, select a folder or file and click this to restore it.
Refresh	Click this to update the information displayed in the screen.Note: Do not refresh the screen while an upload or download is in progress.

3.4.5.1 Configure Share Screen

In the File Browser screen, select a share and click Configure Share to open the following screen where you can see and configure share management details.

Figure 27 File Browser > Configure Share

The following table describes the labels in the this screen.

Table 9 File Browser > Configure Share

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Share Name	Configure a name to identify this share. Type a share name from 1 to 239 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing local share. See Section 3.4.6 on page 41 for more information on share names. This is not configurable for the NSA's default admin, music, photo, public, and video shares.
Volume This shows	the volume the share is on. It is read-only.
Make this share owned by	Select the administrator or user account that is to own (manage) this share. The share owner controls access rights to the share. This is not configurable for the NSA's default admin and public shares.
Enable This Share	Select this option to allow users to access this share. When this option is not selected, you cannot see and access this share.
Enable Recycle Bin	Select this option to keep deleted items in a recycle bin. When you delete an item, a recycle folder is created within the share, and the deleted item is stored in the recycle bin. Later if you want to retrieve a deleted item, you can select the item from the recycle folder and move/copy the item to another share.
Publish this share to Media Server	Select this option to make the share's files available to media clients. When you publish a share, you can also select whether or not to publish music tracks, photos, and videos.
Publish this share to Web	Select this option to let people use a web browser to access this share's files without logging into the Home screens.
Share Access	Select who can access the files in the share and how much access they are to be given. If you publish the share to the media server or the web, all users will have at least read-only access to the share, regardless of what you configure here.SelectKeep it private to ownerto allow only the share owner to read files in the share, delete files in the share and save files to the share.SelectMake it publicto allow anyone (with or without a user account on the NSA) to read files in the share, delete files in the share and save files to the share.SelectAdvancedto select which individual users can read the share's files, which users can delete the share's files, and which users are blocked from doing either.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

3.4.6 Share and Folder Names

The name can only contain the following characters:

• Alphanumeric (A-z, 0-9) and Unicode.

The NSA allows FTP access to shares, folders or files with names encoded in the UTF-8 (8-bit UCS/Unicode Transformation Format) format. So your FTP client must support UTF-8 in order to access shares, folders or files on the NSA with Unicode names.

• Spaces
• _ [underscores]
  • . [ periods ]
• [ d a s h e s ]

Other limitations include:

• All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically.
• Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space.
• Share names must be unique (they cannot be the same as other share names).
• The NSA creates automatic volume names for external (USB) disk volumes. These are a type of share, so the share name you configure cannot conflict with the external (USB) disk volume names. "ExtVol1" or "ExtVol2" are examples of external (USB) disk volume names.
• Folder names must be unique (they cannot be the same as other folder names).
• The minimum character length of a name is one character, that is a name cannot be blank.
• The maximum character length of share name is 239 characters.
• Unicode is supported for share names, although your FTP client must support UTF-8. Full support should be available in all Windows versions after Windows 2000.

3.4.7 Application Zone

Administrators can click Application Zone to go to a screen where you can enable or disable various applications for file sharing and downloading.

Figure 28 Application Zone

The following table describes the labels in the this screen.

Table 10 Application Zone

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name This is the name of the application.
Description	This is a brief description of the application. See Chapter 9 on page 175 for more information.
Management Page	Click this link to go the application's management page where you can configure settings for it. See Chapter 9 on page 175 for more information.
Enable	Select a disabled application and click this to turn on the application. Some applications are always enabled and cannot be disabled.
Disable	Select an enabled application and click this to turn off the application. Select the Flickr or Youtube Uploadr entry and click this to cancel all uploading. Some applications are always enabled and cannot be disabled.
Pause	Select the Flickr or Youtube Uploadr entry and click this to pause current uploading. Resume will resume current uploading.
Resume	Select the Flickr or Youtube Uploadr entry and click this to resume current uploading.

3.4.8 System Settings

Click System > Settings to open the following screen. Use this screen to change general settings and an account password.

Figure 29 System > Settings

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 11 System > Settings

LABEL DESCRIPTION
VLC This field displays	“Installed” if you already have VLC player installed or a link for installing it if you do not already have it installed.
WMP	This field displays “Installed” if you already have Windows Media Player installed or a link for installing it if you do not already have it installed.
Double Click Behavior Setting	SelectReplace current playlist and start to playto have double clicking a song cause the NSA to immediately stop any currently playing song and start playing the double-clicked song.SelectAppend to current playlistto have double clicking a song add a song to the end of the current playlist.
Slide Effect	Enable the Ken Burns effect to have the NSA automatically pan and zoom photos in slideshows. Disable it to display photos in slideshows normally.
Slide Interval	Select how long to display each image in a slideshow before changing to the next.
Video Playback	Select Play Next to play the rest of the video files in a folder. So for example, a folder has video files 1~10 and you play video 3. When video 3 finishes the device continues playing the rest of the videos in the folder (4~10). It does not loop back and play videos 1 and 2.
Account Name	Type the user name of the account for which you want to change the password.
Old Password Type the	user's current password.
New Password Create a	new password for the user. You can type from one to 14 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters.
Password (Confirm)	You must type the exact same password that you just typed in the above field.
Language Select the web configurator language from the drop-down list box.
Go to system administration page	This link appears when you are logged in as the administrator. Click it to open the advanced administration screens. See Section 3.5 on page 44 for more on the advanced administration screens.
Apply Click this to save	your changes.
Reset Click this to refresh the screen.
Cancel Click this to exit	the screen without saving your changes.

3.5 Administration Screens

The System > Administration link displays when you log in as the administrator. Click System > Administration in the Home screen to open the advanced administration screens.

The Status screen is the first advanced administration screen that displays.

Figure 30 Status

3.5.1 Global Administration Icons

The icons and language label at the top-right of the screen (1) are visible from most of the administration screens. The following table describes the 'global' icons and labels.

Table 12 Global Labels and Icons

LABEL/ICON DESCRIPTION
Language Select	the web configurator language from the drop-down list box.
Help Click this	to open web help specific to the screen you are in.
About Click this	to view the model name, firmware version and copyright.
Home Click this	to return to the Home screens.
Logout	Click this at any time to exit the web configurator. This is the same as clicking the Logout link at the bottom of the navigation panel.

3.5.2 Navigation Panel

The navigation panel on the left of the Web Configurator screen (2) contains screen links. Click a link to display sub-links. There are no sub-links for the Status screen. Certain screens also contain hyper links that allow you to jump to another screen.

The following table describes the navigation panel screens.

Table 13 Screens Summary

LINK SCREEN FUNCTION
Status This screen shows system information, the status of the volumes, and the users who are currently using the NSA.
System Setting	Firmware/ Packages	Upload/upgrade new firmware to your NSA and add useful applications. The NSA can download multiple packages/files at once and automatically goes through all the installation steps.
	Server Name Sp	Specify the NSA's server name and workgroup name.
	Date / Time	Chose a time zone and/or allow the NSA to synchronize with a time server.
Storage	Volume	View volume and disk information and create and edit volumes. A volume is a storage area that can span one or more internal disks or a single external (USB) disk.
	S.M.A.R.T Instal	I the SMART package to display this screen you can use to monitor hard disks.
Network	TCP/IP	Assign the NSA a dynamic or static IP address and DNS information.
	UPnP Port Mapping	Configure your Internet gateway to allow access from the WAN (Internet) to services on the NSA.
	PPPoE	Configure PPPoE settings for a direct Internet connection.
	Telnet Service	Enable or disable Telnet access. This applies to the NSA310S, NSA325, and NSA325 v2.
	DyDNS	Install the DyDNS package to use Dynamic DNS (DDNS) services to use a domain name with a dynamic IP address.
	NFS	Install the NFS package to display this screen where you can configure NFS (Network File System) file-sharing.
LINK	SCREEN	FUNCTION
Applications	FTP Server	Enable FTP file transfer to/from the NSA, set the number of FTP connections allowed, an FTP idle timeout, and the character set.
	Media Server Enable or disable the sharing of media files and select which shares to share.
	iTunes Server	Use the iTunes server to share media files with iTunes users on your network.
	Download Service	Have the NSA handle large file downloads.
	Web Publishing	Let people use a web browser to access files in shares without logging into the Home screens.
	Broadcasting	Subscribe the NSA to feeds to download frequently updated digital content like TV programs, radio talk shows, Podcasts (audio files), YouTube videos, or even P2P downloads.
	Print Server View and manage the NSA's list of printers and print jobs.
	Copy/Sync Button	Copy or synchronize files between a USB device and the NSA.
	Auto Upload - Flickr/YouTube	Upload files in selected shares to your Flickr and/or YouTube accounts.
	Auto Upload - FTP Uploadr	Upload files in selected shares to FTP servers.
	Dropbox Use your Dropbox account to easily move files to your NSA and have the NSA download *.torrent files.
	Time Machine Use Time Machine in OS X to use your NSA as a backup volume.
	Syslog Server	Enable the syslog server and select the categories to include in the log report.
	TFTP Server Configure the NSA to accept log files from TFTP clients.
	eMule - Server Configure the eMule server.
	eMule - Task Manage eMule tasks.
	eMule - Search	Search for files available in an eMule server using keywords and other parameters, such as file type, file size, and extension names.
	pyLoad	Configure the NAS to use pyLoad to manage your downloads, including those from one-click hosting sites.
Sharing	Users	View, create and edit administrator and user accounts to let people use the NSA.
	Groups	View, create and edit groups. Groups allow you to organize users into specific groups. You can create shares accessible only by the group members.
	Shares	View, create and edit shares. Shares are shared folders to which you can allow specific users read/write access rights.
Maintenance	Power	Configure power saving settings for the NSA and have the NSA turn itself off and on or reboot according to the schedules you configure.
	Log	View the NSA's logs and configure how you want to receive the log reports.
	Configuration	Back up and/or restore the NSA configuration file.
	SSL	Configure HTTPS and the NSA's SSL certificate.
	Shutdown	Restart the NSA or shut it down.
Protect	Backup	Create and customize backup jobs.
	Restore	Restore previous backups made with the NSA.
Logout		Click this to exit the web configurator. This is recommended to prevent unauthorized administrator access to the NSA.

3.5.3 Main Window

The main window (3) shows the screen you select in the navigation panel. It is discussed in the rest of this document.

The Status screen is the first administration screen to display. See Chapter 5 on page 137 for more information about the Status screen.

3.5.4 Status Messages

The message text box at the bottom of the screen (4) displays status messages as you configure the NSA.

3.5.5 Common Screen Icons

The following table explains some icons that appear in several configuration screens.

Table 14 Common Configuration Screen Icons

ICON DESCRIPTION
	EditClick this to go to a screen where you can change the configuration settings of an entry.
	DeleteClick this to delete an entry from the list.
	EditClick this to jump to related item's configuration screen.
	RefreshClick this to refresh the data for the field or value with which it is associated.
	UserSee the chapter on user accounts for detailed information on variants of this icon.
	ShareSee the chapter on shares for detailed information on variants of this icon.
	HealthyThis represents a healthy volume.
	DegradedThis represents a degraded RAID 1 volume. Replace the faulty disk. If the replacement disk does not contain any partition, the NSA automatically restores the volume. If the replacement disk already contains a volume, you need to delete the volume and then click the Repair icon to fix the degraded RAID volume.
	DownThis represents a down volume.
[XTOA]	Scan DiskClick this to scan a hard disk for file system errors.
	EjectClick this before you remove an external hard drive so that you do not lose data that is being transferred to or from that hard drive.LocateClick this to cause the LED on the external storage device to blink.
[3C24]	RepairIf you replace a faulty disk with a disk that contains a volume, you need to delete the volume and then click this to fix the degraded RAID volume.

3.5.6 Session Example (Windows)

Open Windows Explorer and type two back slashes followed by the NSA name or IP address. Initially you can only read and write to the Public, Video, Music, and Photo folders until you create other shares on the NSA. This session is then displayed as shown in the following figure.

4.1 Overview

This chapter provides tutorials that show how to use the NSA.

• Windows 7 Network, see page 51
• Windows 7 Network Map, see page 55
- Playing Media Files in Windows 7, see page 58
- Windows 7 Devices and Printers, see page 58
- Creating a Volume in a 2-Bay NSA, see page 61
- Creating a Volume in a 1-Bay NSA, see page 63
- Deleting a Volume, see page 70
• File Sharing Tutorials, see page 71
- Download Service Tutorial, see page 80
- Broadcasting Tutorial, see page 95
• Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutorial, see page 101
• FTP Uploadr Tutorial, see page 102
• Web Configurator's Security Sessions, see page 105
• Using FTPES to Connect to the NSA, see page 118
• Using a Mac to Access the NSA, see page 119
• How to Use the BackupPlanner, see page 122

4.2 Windows 7 Network

To see your NSA in a Windows 7 home or work network:

1 Click Start > Control Panel. Set View by to Category and click Network and Internet.

2 Click View network computers and devices.

3 The NSA icon displays twice because the NSA is both a media server and a storage device. Double-click either NSA icon to open the Web Configurator login screen.

4.2.1 If the NSA Icon Does Not Display

The network containing the NSA must be set as a home or work network in order for the NSA icons to display. If the network containing the NSA displays as "Public":

1 Click Network and Sharing Center and then the network's link (circled in the figure).

2 Use the Set Network Location screen to set the network's location to home or work.

4.2.2 NSA Icon Right-click Options

Right-click the NSA's icon to see these options:

• Install/ Uninstall: Click Install to add the NSA as a device in your computer. After you install the NSA you can see it in the computer's list of devices (see Section 4.5 on page 58. Click Uninstall to remove the NSA from the list of devices installed in your computer.
  • View device web page opens the Web Configurator login screen.
• Create shortcut adds a desktop shortcut to the Web Configurator login screen.

- Properties opens a window of NSA details and troubleshooting information.

• Manufacturer identifies the company that produced the NSA.
- Model identifies the NSA model.
- Model number identifies the NSA model number.
- Device webpage shows the IP address for accessing the Web Configurator.
- Serial number is unavailable because the NSA does not have one.
- MAC address is the NSA's unique physical hardware address (MAC). You need the MAC address to register the product at myZyXEL.com. Customer support may also request it for troubleshooting purposes.
- Unique identifier is a unique UPnP ID that the NSA generated.
- IP address is the NSA's IP address. It is also the IP address for accessing the Web Configurator.

4.3 Windows 7 Network Map

To see your NSA in a Windows 7 home or work network map:

1 Click Start > Control Panel > View network status and tasks (or Network and Sharing Center if you view the Control Panel by icons).

2 Click See full map (1 in the figure).

The network containing the NSA must be set as a home or work network in order to use the full map feature. If the network containing the NSA displays as "Public", click the network's link (2 in the figure, although it is already set to home here) and use the Set Network Location screen to set the network's location to home or work (see page 54).

3 Double-click the NSA's icon to open the Web Configurator login screen. See Section 4.2.2 on page 54 for the NSA icon's right-click options.

graph TD
    A["PC1"] --> B["NSA320"]
    C["PC2"] --> B
    B --> D["Switch"]
    D --> E["Switch"]
    E --> F["WirelessRouter"]
    F --> G["Internet"]

4.4 Playing Media Files in Windows 7

In Windows 7, the NSA automatically displays as a library in Windows Media Player.

Figure 31 NSA in Windows Media Player

4.5 Windows 7 Devices and Printers

After you use the NSA's network icon's install option you can manage the NSA from the Windows 7 Devices and Printers folder.

Click Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers. Select the NSA icon to display information about the NSA. Double-click the NSA icon to open a properties window (see page 55). Right-click the icon to display these options:

• Download NAS Starter Utility downloads the NSA's Starter Utility. It lets you find, set up, and manage the NSA as well as copy files to it and access the files on it. See Chapter 2 on page 21 for details.
• Create shortcut has Windows make a desktop shortcut to this screen.
• Troubleshoot opens Windows' device troubleshooting wizard.
• Remove device removes the NSA from the Windows 7 Devices and Printers folder.
• Properties opens a window of NSA details and troubleshooting information (see page 55).

4.5.1 Windows 7 Desktop Shortcut

This is the NSA's desktop shortcut. Double-click it to open a properties window (see page 55).

1 Right-click the NSA's desktop shortcut icon to see these options:

Open file location

Download NAS Starter Utility

Restore previous versions

Send to

Cut

Copy

Create shortcut

Delete

Rename

Troubleshoot

Remove device

Properties

• Open file location takes you to the Windows 7 Devices and Printers folder.
• Download NAS Starter Utility downloads the NSA's Starter Utility. It lets you find, set up, and manage the NSA as well as copy files to it and access the files on it. See Chapter 2 on page 21 for details.
• Restore previous versions is the Windows 7 option for restoring a file or folder. It does not apply to this shortcut.
• Send to give you options for copying the shortcut to another location.
• Cut removes this shortcut so you can paste it somewhere else.
• Copy copies the shortcut so you can paste it somewhere else.

• Create shortcut has Windows make a desktop shortcut to this icon.

• Delete sends the shortcut to the recycle bin.

• Rename lets you change the name of the shortcut.
• Troubleshoot opens Windows' device troubleshooting wizard.
• Remove device removes the NSA from the Windows 7 Devices and Printers folder.
• Properties opens a window of details about the shortcut.

4.6 Creating a Volume in a 2-Bay NSA

This section shows you how to create a volume in your 2-bay NSA.

Creating a volume deletes all existing data in the hard disk. Make sure you have a backup of your existing data before following the steps in this section.

Your NSA has two bays for Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA) hard disks. The JBOD storage method is used if you are using a single hard disk for your NSA.

This JBOD volume shows up in the Storage > Volume screen (Section 7.3 on page 155) as follows.

4.6.1 Creating a RAID 1 Volume

This storage method allows recovery of data if your hard disk fails. To create a RAID 1 volume, you must install two SATA hard disks in your NSA. There are two ways to create a RAID 1 volume:

• Click the Migrate button - If you already have a SATA hard disk with a volume and you later install a second SATA hard disk in your NSA, use the Migrate button to convert the existing JBOD volume to a RAID 1 volume.
• Click the Create an internal volume button - Use this if there are no existing volumes in your NSA.

4.6.2 Migrate Button

Do the following steps to create a RAID 1 volume.

1 Once you install a second SATA hard disk in the NSA, the Storage > Volume screen shows the Migrate button.

2 Click the Migrate button and you can see the following progress bar. Wait for the RAID 1 volume to be created. This may take quite a while depending on how much data you have in the original volume.

4.6.3 Create an Internal Volume Button

If you do not have an existing volume in the Storage > Volume screen, do the following steps to create a RAID 1 volume.

1 In the Storage > Volume screen, click Create an Internal Volume.

2 In the Disk Configuration screen, you can select the storage method.

• Type in the Volume Name for your RAID 1 volume. The volume name can be 1 to 31 characters (a-z, 0-9, " [spaces], "_", and ".").
• Choose RAID 1 and click Apply.

This deletes all existing data in the SATA hard disk. Make sure you have a backup of any existing data in the hard disk.

The NSA starts creating the volume and you can see the following progress bar. Wait for the RAID 1 volume to be created.

3 The Storage > Volume screen displays with your RAID 1 volume.

4.7 Creating a Volume in a 1-Bay NSA

This section shows you how to create a volume on your 1-bay NSA.

Creating a volume deletes all existing data in the SATA or eSATA hard disk. Make sure you have a backup of your existing data before following the steps in this section.

Your NSA has a single bay for a SATA (Serial Advanced Technology Attachment) hard disk. JBOD is the only storage method for the NSA310S and the default storage method if you are using a single hard disk in the NSA310.

This JBOD volume shows up in the Storage > Volume screen (Section 7.2 on page 152) as follows.

When you attach an eSATA hard disk to your NSA, you can configure this volume as: 1) a backup to your SATA hard disk (RAID 1); or 2) as a separate storage drive (either another JBOD or a PC Compatible Volume).

4.7.1 Creating a RAID 1 Volume

This applies to the NSA310. This storage method allows recovery of data if your hard disk fails. To create a RAID 1 volume, you must connect an eSATA hard disk to your NSA. There are two ways to create a RAID 1 volume:

• Click the Migrate button - This is a quick way to create a RAID 1 volume. Use this to automatically synchronize data in the internal hard disk to the eSATA hard disk.
• Click the Create a SATA volume button - Use this if there are no existing volumes in your NSA.

4.7.2 Migrate Button

Do the following steps to create a RAID 1 volume.

1 Once you attach the eSATA hard disk to the NSA, the Storage > Volume screen shows the Migrate button.

2 Click the Migrate button and you can see the following progress bar. Wait for up to 10 minutes for the RAID 1 volume to be created.

4.7.3 Create a SATA Volume Button

If you do not have an existing volume in the Storage > Volume screen, do the following steps to create a RAID 1 volume.

1 In the Storage > Volume screen, click Create a SATA Volume.

2 In the Disk Configuration screen, you can select the storage method.

• Type in the Volume Name for your RAID 1 volume. The volume name can be 1 to 31 characters (a-z, 0-9, " [spaces], "_", and ".").
• Choose RAID 1 and click Apply.

This deletes all existing data in the eSATA hard disk. Make sure you have a backup of any existing data in the hard disk.

The NSA starts creating the volume and you can see the following progress bar. Wait for 2 minutes for the RAID 1 volume to be created.

3 The Storage > Volume screen displays with your RAID 1 volume.

4.7.4 Creating a PC Compatible Volume

You can use your eSATA hard disk as a separate storage volume. The following section shows you how to create a PC Compatible Volume. Use this storage method if you have an eSATA hard disk that will be connected to a Windows computer when it is not connected to the NSA. However, the computer's platform (for example, Windows XP SP2) should support the file system you selected for the eSATA hard disk.

1 Connect the eSATA hard disk to your NSA and go to the Storage > Volume screen. Click Create a SATA Volume.

2 In the Disk Configuration screen, you can select the storage method.

• Type in the Volume Name for your PC Compatible volume. The volume name can be 1 to 31 characters (a-z, 0-9, " " [spaces], "_", and ".").
• Choose PC Compatible Volume.
• Select the File System you want to use (NTFS in this example). Make sure this file system is supported by the Windows platform you are using in your computer. Refer to Table 26 on page 159 for file systems supported by your NSA. Click Apply.

This deletes all existing data in the eSATA hard disk. Make sure you have a backup of any existing data in the hard disk.

The NSA starts creating the volume and you can see the following progress bar. Wait for 2 minutes for the volume to be created.

3 The Storage > Volume screen displays with your PC Compatible Volume.

4.7.4.1 Checking Your PC Compatible Volume

The files in the eSATA hard disk that you configured as a PC Compatible Volume should be accessible when you connect the eSATA hard disk to your computer.

You can configure the features of your NSA to save files to your eSATA hard disk. For example, you can refer to Section 4.11 on page 95 to use the Broadcasting feature of your NSA to download files to your eSATA disk.

1 When asked for the Location of Downloaded Files, make sure you save the completed files to the eSATA hard disk (Volume 2 in this example).

2 The files downloaded by the NSA should be in the Volume 2 folder. You can check this when you access the Volume 2 folder from My NSA > Share Browser screen as follows.

3 Disconnect the eSATA hard disk from the NSA. Connect the eSATA hard disk to your computer. On some systems, you can see the following notification.

4 The computer assigns a letter to the eSATA hard disk (drive F in this example) that is accessible from the My Computer screen. Double click the eSATA drive and check your files. They should be the same files that are in the My NSA > Share Browser screen.

4.8 Deleting a Volume

Delete an existing volume in your NSA by doing the following steps.

1 In the Storage > Volume screen, select the volume you want to delete and click the delete icon.

2 A confirmation window appears as follows. Click Yes.

This deletes all existing data in the volume. Make sure you have a backup of any existing data in the hard disk.

4.9 File Sharing Tutorials

The following sections cover using the NSA for file sharing. This chapter assumes you have already followed the Quick Start Guide instructions to perform initial setup and configuration (so you have a working volume). See the rest of this User's Guide for details on configuring the NSA's various screens.

4.9.1 Creating a User Account

Bob wants to create accounts for his sons Jimmy and Kevin. This is how he would do it.

1 At the NSA web configurator login screen enter the administrator account and password and click Administrator Login to go to the advanced administration screens.

2 Click Sharing > Users to open the Users screen. Then click Add User.

3 Configure the screen as follows and write down the username and password to give to Jimmy. If the username and password are the same as Jimmy's Windows login, Jimmy will not need to enter a username and password when he logs into his share from his computer. Set the Account Type to User so Jimmy doesn't get to configure the whole NSA. Click Apply to create the account.

4 The account now displays in the Users screen.

Now that Bob has created Jimmy's account, he can go through the steps again to create another account for Kevin. After both accounts are created, he can go to Section 4.9.2 on page 73 to create shares for Jimmy and Kevin.

4.9.2 Creating a Share

Suppose Bob has already created separate accounts for his sons Jimmy and Kevin. Now Bob wants to create a share for each son. He also wants to make sure that each son can only access his own share (to keep them from deleting each other's files). This is how he would do it.

1 In the NSA's administration web configurator screens, click Shares > Add Share. Click Add Share to create a new share.

2 Specify a name for the share and select which volume it should be on. Configure the screen as follows. Then click Edit.

3 Configure the screen as follows to give Jimmy full access right to the share. Then click Apply to create the share.

Now that Bob has created Jimmy's share, he can go through the steps again to create another share for Kevin.

4.9.3 Creating a Group

After creating user accounts for Jimmy and Kevin, Bob wants to create a group for his sons and another one for the parents. Bob can assign access rights to his sons' group for certain shares such as a cartoons share and allow only the parents' group to access the scary movie share. This is how he would create the group.

1 In the NSA's administration web configurator screen, click Groups > Add Group.

2 Specify a name for the group. Select the user(s) you want to add to the group from the Available User(s) list and click Add Selected User(s). Configure the screen as follows. Then click Apply to create the group.

Now that Bob has created a group for Jimmy and Kevin, he can go through the steps again to create another group for the parents. Then he can see the rest of the tutorials for how to use the groups in assigning access rights to shares.

4.9.4 Accessing a Share From Windows Explorer

If you map a NSA share (where data is stored) to a Windows network drive, you can use Windows Explorer to transfer files to and from the NSA as if it was another folder on your computer. Here he maps Jimmy's share to Jimmy's computer.

1 Start Windows Explorer and go to the NSA's server name. The default is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example).
2 Click Tools > Map Network Drive.

3 Select the network drive that you want to map the NSA to from the Drive list box. This example uses I. Then browse to and select the share on the NSA. Click Finish.

4 Enter the username and password for Jimmy's account and click OK. You do not need to do this if the username and password are the same as Jimmy's Windows login.

5 After the mapping is done, you can then simply copy and paste or drag and drop files from/to your local computer's drives to or from this network folder. Just like the NSA's share was another folder on your computer.

Now that Bob has mapped Jimmy's share to Jimmy's computer, he can go through the steps again to map Kevin's share to Kevin's computer.

4.9.5 Accessing a Share Using FTP

You can also use FTP to access the NSA. Suppose Jimmy is temporarily using a different computer and wants to access his share without mapping it to the computer. This is how he would do it.

1 Open the FTP client (Windows Explorer is used here) and type "ftp://username@server" where "username" is the account's username and "server" is the NSA's IP address or server name.

2 Enter your password and click Login.

3 Now you can access files and copy files from/to your local computer's drives to or from this network folder.

4.9.6 Accessing a Share Through the Web Configurator

You can browse and access files through the web configurator.

1 Log into the NSA web configurator (see Section 3.3 on page 31) using the appropriate user name and password (this example uses Jimmy's) and click File Browser. Click a share (the Jimmy share in this example) to see the top level of the share's contents.

2 Click a folder's file name to browse the folder. You can open files or copy them to your computer. You can also create new folders and upload additional files to the share.

3 Click the logout icon when your are done.

4.10 Download Service Tutorial

This tutorial covers using the NSA to download a file from the Internet. Use this same procedure for P2P downloads as well as regular HTTP (web) and FTP downloads. See Section 9.12.2 on page 204 for more on the download service.

4.10.1 Copying/Pasting a Download Link

1 Open your Internet browser (this example uses Internet Explorer).

2 Find a download link for the file you want. In this example, www.zyxel.com has a Download Now link for downloading a datasheet for ZyXEL's GS-2024 (a device for making phone calls over the Internet).

Note: Make sure the link opens either the file you want or a pop-up window about how to handle the file.

Note: It is also OK for the link to open a .torrent file. If you are redirected to a screen that says the download should start in a few seconds, there may be a link to click if the download does not start automatically. See if that link opens the file or the pop-up window.

3 Right-click the download link and select Copy Shortcut in Internet Explorer (or Copy Link Location in Firefox).

4 Log into the NSA web configurator (see Section 3.3 on page 31) using the administrator account and click Application Zone and the Application Zone > Download Service link.

5 Click Add.

6 Right-click the URL field and select Paste.

7 The URL displays in the URL field. Click Apply.

8 After a few moments, the download task appears in the Download Service screen's Active tab.

The download appears in the Completed tab when it is done. By default the NSA stores all downloads in the admin share's download folder. See Section 4.9.4 on page 76, Section 4.9.5 on page 78, or Section 4.9.6 on page 79 for how to access a share.

4.10.2 Installing the Link Capture Browser Plugin

In addition to copying and pasting a download link to the Download Service screen, you can also install a link capture browser plugin in your web browser. Use the plugin to easily add a download link to the NSA's download service. See Section 9.12.3 on page 205 for more on the link capture browser plugin.

Note: At the time of writing the plugin supports Internet Explorer 6.0/7.0 and Mozilla Firefox 2.0/3.0; it does not support Windows 7.

Internet Explorer

1 Open the folder containing the link capture browser plugin.

2 Double-click on the plugin to display the following screen. Click I Agree to begin installation.

3 Select a location to save the plugin and click Install. Close the screen once the installation is complete.

4 Open Internet Explorer and locate a download link. In this example, www.zyxel.com has a Download Now link for downloading a user's guide for ZyXEL's NBG410W3G (a 3G wireless router). Right-click on the download link and select NSA Setting.

5 Enter the NSA's web address. The default is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example). Then click Apply. A warning message displays asking for confirmation. Click OK to apply the setting.

Firefox

1 Open Firefox.
2 Open the folder containing the link capture browser plugin.

3 To install the plugin, drag and drop the plugin to Firefox.

4 The following screen displays. Click Install Now.

5 You need to restart Firefox after the installation.

6 When Firefox restarts, a message displays to show the installation succeeded. The plugin is installed as an extension in Add-ons. Click Options to configure the NSA's web address.

7 Enter the NSA's web address. The default is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example). Then click OK.

4.10.3 Using the Link Capture Browser Plugin

Once you install the plugin, you may begin sending download links to the NSA from your web browser. This example shows how to send a download link to the NSA's download service using the link capture browser plugin.

1 Open your Internet browser (this example uses Firefox).
2 Find a download link for the file you want. In this example, www.zyxel.com has a Download Now link for downloading a user's guide for ZyXEL's P-660W-T1 (an ADSL router).

3 Right-click on the download link and select Send to NSA.

4 The login screen shows up. Enter your NSA's login information and click Login to send the link to the download service. A confirmation message displays.

5 Log into the NSA web configurator (see Section 3.3 on page 31) using the administrator account and click Application Zone and the Application Zone > Download Service link.

6 The download task appears in the Download Service screen's Active or Queue tab. It may appear in the Completed tab if the NSA already finished downloading the file or it may appear in the Error tab if the NSA failed to download the file.

By default the NSA stores all downloads in the admin share's download folder. See Section 4.9.4 on page 76, Section 4.9.5 on page 78, or Section 4.9.6 on page 79 for how to access a share.

4.10.4 Configuring the Download Service Preferences

Once you added a list of download tasks to the NSA (see Section 4.10.1 on page 80 and Section 4.10.3 on page 88), you can have the NSA download files during a specific time period of the day. You can also configure the P2P download settings to control bandwidth and optimize download efficiency.

Say you have the NSA turned on all the time, but you only want the NSA download files at night. Here is how you use the download period control feature to set the time range.

1 Click Applications > Download Service > Preferences to open the General Settings screen.

2 Select Enable Download Period Control and use the arrows to adjust the time period from 23:30 to 09:00. Click Apply to save your changes. The NSA only downloads files within this 9.5-hour period every day.

Note: If you configure the Power On/ Off Schedule feature in the Power Management screen, make sure your active download period does not conflict with the power-off period.

Note: If power failure occurs during the active download period, the NSA will verify whether the downloaded files were damaged. If a file is corrupted, the NSA will download the file again. If the file is intact but not completely downloaded, the NSA will resume the download task after it restarts.

3 When it is not the download time, you see a message in the Download Service screen, indicating the active download period.

Click Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download to open the following screen. Enter the information below and then click Apply.

Here is a list of P2P download settings you want to configure for your NSA:

- Limit the maximum upload rate to 20 KB/s.

Enter this value in the Max. upload rate field.

- Actively download three torrent files but only upload one at a time.

Enter 3 in the Maximum Number of Active Torrents field and enter 1 in the Maximum Number of Seeding Jobs field.

- Keep sharing until the NSA has shared equal or greater amount of the downloaded files.

Select the check box and enter 100 in the Upload/ Download Ratio field.

- Click Edit IP Filter. Use an online IP filter table from http://www.bluetack.co.uk/config/level1.gz for example to protect P2P downloads.

Enter the URL in the Update IP Filter from the Internet Every Week field.

4.10.5 Using Download Service Notification

Use an RSS feed reader on your computer to keep track of files the NSA has downloaded. The following examples show how to subscribe to the NSA's download service notifications. See Section 9.12.4 on page 205 for more on download service notifications.

Some RSS readers may not support the NSA's download service notifications. For example, Google Reader cannot support this feature if the NSA has a private IP address.

Note: It is recommended to subscribe to the download service notifications using the built-in reader in Internet Explorer 7 or higher, or Firefox.

You have to activate this feature in the Download Service screen. Click Applications > Download Service to open the following screen. Select Enable Download Notify and click Apply.

Internet Explorer 7 Example

1 After you activate download service notification, click the RSS feed icon.

2 The following screen displays. Select Subscribe to this feed.

3 The following screen displays. Click Subscribe.

4 Click the Favorite icon on your browser and select the Feeds tab to check the updates of your NSA's download list.

Firefox Example

1 After you activate download service notification, click the RSS feed icon.

2 The following screen displays. Select Live Bookmarks from the drop-down list and click Subscribe Now.

3 The following screen displays. Select Bookmarks Menu and click Add.

4 From the Firefox's Bookmarks Menu, select Download Notify to check the updates of your NSA's download list.

4.11 Broadcasting Tutorial

Use broadcatching to have the NSA download frequently updated digital content like TV programs, radio talk shows, Podcasts (audio files), and blogs. This example shows how to subscribe the NSA to the CNET TV Internet television channel. See Section 9.9 on page 194 for more on the broadcatching service.

1 Open your Internet browser (this example uses Firefox).

2 Find the link for the RSS feed containing the channel you want to add. In this example, http://reviews.cnet.com/4520-11455_7-6333605-1.html has an RSS link for subscribing to the CNET Live podcast. However this is not the link for the actual RSS feed. Click the link to go to another screen that has RSS feed links.

Note: Make sure the link goes to the actual RSS feed instead of to another list of links or information about the channel.

One way to test this is by clicking the link. Clicking an actual RSS feed link opens a screen of XML code (in browsers without an RSS feed aggregator) or a window where you can add the RSS feed (in browsers with an RSS feed aggregator).

3 Right-click the download link and select Copy Link Location in Firefox (or Copy Shortcut in Internet Explorer).

4 Log into the NSA web configurator (see Section 3.3 on page 31) using the administrator account and click Administration > Applications > Broadcasting.

5 Click Add Channel.

6 Right-click the URL field and select Paste.

7 The URL displays in the URL field.

8 Select a policy for what items to download. This example uses Manually Choose Items for Download so you will be able to select individual items to download later.

9 Select a policy for what items to delete. This example keeps the most recent 10 items.

10 Click Apply.

11 After a few moments, the channel appears in the Broadcasting screen where you can select items you want to download. The NSA saves the items you download in a folder named after the channel. By default, the channel folders are created in the admin share's download folder. The NSA's media server feature makes it easy for users on your network to play the broadcasting files you download. See Section 9.12.1 on page 203 for more on the media server.

4.12 Printer Server Tutorial

Do the following to have the NSA let computers on your network share a printer. See www.zyxel.com for a list of compatible printers.

1 Make sure the NSA is on and the SYS light is on steady (not blinking).
2 Use a USB cable to connect the printer's USB port to one of the NSA's USB ports. Make sure the printer is also connected to an appropriate power source.

graph TD
    A["Server"] --> B["Router"]
    C["Server"] --> B
    D["Server"] --> B
    B --> E["USB PRINTER"]
    E --> F["Printer"]
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

3 Turn on the printer.
4 The NSA detects the printer after a few moments.
5 On your computer, open your CIFS file sharing program (Windows Explorer for example) and browse to the NSA. Double-click the printer's icon.

6 If you get a warning screen, click the option that lets you continue (Yes in this example).

7 If your computer does not already have the printer's driver installed, you will need to install it. In this example, click OK.

8 Use the wizard screens to install the printer driver on the computer. You may need to get the file from the printer's CD or the printer manufacturer's website (the driver is not installed on the NSA).

Note: You must install the printer driver on each computer that will use the printer.

After the driver installation finishes, the computer is ready to use the printer. Select the printer in an application to use it to print. Browse to the NSA using a CIFS program (like Windows Explorer) and double-click the printer's icon to open the printer's queue of print jobs.

Note: Repeat steps 5 to 8 on your other computers so they can also use the printer.

4.13 Copy and Flickr Auto Upload Tutorial

Amy received some photos taken during her best friend's wedding and saved the files on a USB disk. She wants to save a copy of the photos in the NSA and upload the photos to her Flickr account.

Amy has to activate the NSA's auto upload feature. See Section 11.4 on page 265 for more details on setting up a Flickr account for auto upload. In this example Amy select the NSA's photo share for auto upload.

This is how Amy would transfer the files from her USB disk to the NSA.

1 Click Applications > Copy/ Sync Button in the navigation panel to open the screen.
2 Configure the copy settings as shown and click Apply.

3 Press and release the COPY/ SYNC button on the NSA's front panel to start copying files.
4 The copied files can be found in a new folder in the photo share. The name of this folder is the date (yyyy-mm-dd) and time (hh-mm-ss) when the folder is created.

5 The NSA also automatically uploads the copied files to Flickr.

4.14 FTP Uploadr Tutorial

FTP Uploadr can automatically upload files saved on the NSA to a remote FTP server. Amy wants to share files on her NSA with Susan. They each have an NSA at home, so Susan has to set her NSA as an FTP server for Amy to automatically send files using FTP Uploadr.

graph LR
    A["Amy's NSA"] --> B["List entry"]
    B --> C["Susan's NSA"]

To set the NSA as an FTP server, click Applications > FTP to open the FTP screen. Select Enable FTP and click Apply.

Susan also has to create a user account and share on her NSA for Amy to upload files. The share is used for files uploaded from Amy's NSA. Amy will then use the following information to configure FTP Uploadr on her NSA.

Table 15 FTP Uploadr Tutorial: FTP Server Information

FTP Domain Name or IP Address example2.com
FTP User Name Amy
FTP Password xxxxx
Share (Remote Path) Amy

This is how Amy would set up the NSA's FTP Uploadr.

1 Click Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr to open the FTP Uploadr screen. Select Enable FTP Uploadr and click Apply to turn on FTP Uploadr.

2 Click Add Server.

3 Enter the information as describe in Table 15 on page 103. Click Apply to add the server.

4 In the FTP Uploadr screen, click Preferences to configure the auto upload settings.

5 Amy wants to share video files with Susan. In the Preferences screen, click the Add button and select video from the Shares drop-down list box, enter a forward slash in the Path field and click Apply to add the share to the Folder Watch List.

6 Amy also set the Bandwidth Limit to 20 KB/s so that the upload doesn't slow down her Internet connection.

Now Amy has set up FTP Uploadr to send files to Susan's NSA. Every time Amy adds new files or renames files in the video share, these new or modified files will be uploaded automatically to the Amy share on Susan's NSA.

Similarly, Susan can go through the steps described above to configure FTP Uploadr on her NSA. Once Susan completes the setup, Amy can also receive files from Susan's NSA.

graph LR
    A["Amy's NSA"] --> B["Susan's NSA"]
    B --> C["Document with two files"]
    C --> D["Document with three files"]
    D --> E["Document with four files"]
    E --> F["Document with five files"]
    F --> G["Document with six files"]
    G --> H["Document with seven files"]
    H --> I["Document with eight files"]
    I --> J["Document with nine files"]

4.15 Web Configurator's Security Sessions

These tutorials show you how to configure security for the NSA's Web Configurator sessions. You will customize the NSA's self-signed SSL certificate and distribute it to your users.

4.15.1 Customizing the NSA's Certificate

1 Click Maintenance > SSL and then select Edit a self-signed CA certificate and click Edit.

2 Next, let's modify the certificate by changing the Common Name to this NSA's host name of "nsa", the Organization to "ZyXEL" and the Key Length to 2048.

3 The NSA restarts its network services and returns you to the login screen.

4.15.2 Downloading and Installing Customized Certificate

1 Log in and return to Maintenance > SSL. Under Modify the Existing Certificate, click Download.

2 Save the file to your computer.

3 Find the certificate file on your computer and double-click it.

4 Install the certificate. The rest of the steps in this section are an example of installing a certificate in Windows. In the Certificate dialog box, click Install Certificate.

5 In the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.

6 Leave Automatically select certificate store based on the type of certificate selected and click Next.

7 In the Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen, click Finish.

8 If you are presented with another Security Warning, click Yes.

9 Finally, click OK when presented with the successful certificate installation message.

4.15.3 Turn on the NSA's Web Security

Now that you have customized the NSA's certificate and installed it in your computer, you can turn on security for your Web Configurator sessions. This example uses Firefox 3.0.

1 Close your web browser and open it again to reset its session with the NSA. Log in and click Maintenance > SSL. Select Force HTTPS and click Apply.

2 A warning screen pops up if applying your change may disconnect some users. Click Apply to continue.

3 The NSA logs you out and automatically redirects your formerly non-secure (HTTP) connection to a secure (HTTPS) connection. Your browser may give you a warning about the device's public key certificate. Add an exception to allow your browser to bypass the warning.

Secure Connection Failed

1. uses an invalid security certificate.

The certificate is not trusted because it is self signed. The certificate is only valid for nsa

(Error code: sec_error_untrusted_issuer)

• This could be a problem with the server's configuration, or it could be someone trying to impersonate the server.
• If you have connected to this server successfully in the past, the error may be temporary, and you can try again later.

Or you can add an exception...

4 Click Add Exception.

Secure Connection Failed

1. uses an invalid security certificate.

The certificate is not trusted because it is self signed. The certificate is only valid for nsa

(Error code: sec_error_untrusted_issuer)

• This could be a problem with the server's configuration, or it could be someone trying to impersonate the server.
• If you have connected to this server successfully in the past, the error may be temporary, and you can try again later.

You should not add an exception if you are using an internet connection that you do not trust completely or if you are not used to seeing a warning for this server.

Get me out of here!

Add Exception.

5 Click Get Certificate.

6 Before you add an exception, verify that the device to which you are trying to connect is providing the correct certificate. Click View.

7 The SHA1 fingerprint must match the NSA's certificate you downloaded from the NSA to your computer. (Double-click the NSA's certificate file and then click Details and look at the Thumbprint). Click Close.

8 If the certificate fingerprints match, click Confirm Security Exception, otherwise click Cancel.

9 The login screen displays.

Now, anyone who connects to the NSA's Web Configurator screens will automatically do so by HTTPS. Use a secure method to let your users know the correct fingerprint for the NSA's certificate so they can check it before adding a security exception (as in steps 6 to 7 on pages 115 to 116). See the next section for how to use FTPES with the NSA for secure FTP transfers.

4.16 Using FTPES to Connect to the NSA

This section covers how to use FTP over Explicit TLS/SSL with the NSA for secure FTP transfers. Before you go through this section, read Section 4.15 on page 105 to configure HTTPS. This example uses FileZilla.

1 Open FileZilla and click File > Site Manager > New Site.

• Configure the Host field with the NSA's address.
• Set the Servertype to FTPES - FTP over explicit TLS/ SSL.
• Configure the account name and password.
• Click Connect.

2 A security warning screen displays. The SHA1 fingerprint must match the NSA's certificate you downloaded from the NSA to your computer. (Double-click the NSA's certificate file and then click Details and look at the Thumbprint). If they match, click OK.

The shares and folders to which Gonzo has access display. Now you can use FTP to securely transfer files to or from the NSA. Use a secure method to let your users know the correct fingerprint for the NSA's certificate so they can check it before adding a security exception.

4.17 Using a Mac to Access the NSA

This tutorial shows you how to find the NSA on Mac OS X 10.5 (Leopard).

You can access the NSA in two ways:

• Use the Finder to browse for the NSA, or
• Use the Finder > Go option to connect to the NSA.

4.17.1 Finder

1 Open a new Finder window.

2 Select All under the SHARED sidebar. Look for the NSA from the Network list.

3 Expand the NSA to display the shares you may access.

4.17.2 Go Menu

4 In the Finder, click Go > Connect to Server.

5 When the Connect to Server dialog box opens, enter smb:// and the NSA's IP address in the Server Address field. You may also click Browse to have the Mac search for the NSA. Click Connect.

6 Once you establish the connection, you can access the NSA from the Finder or directly from the desktop.

4.18 How to Use the BackupPlanner

Note: The screens and links in this section appear only after you have installed and enabled BackupPlanner. BackupPlanner is an application that you can install using Package Management (see Chapter 10 on page 215.)

Use the NSA's BackupPlanner to have a backup of your files and folders.

Schedule backups for times when the network is not busy (like at night or on weekends). For example, you might do daily backups of important individual files or folders and a weekly general archive. You can save backups to another location so your files can survive even if the original RAID or NSA fails.

4.18.1 Creating an Archive Backup

To backup the NSA every week to a remote NSA:

1 Click Protect > Backup > Add Job.

Figure 32 Protect > Backup

2 Identify the backup job and select Archive.

New files are often added to the shares that you need to back up and existing files are not frequently changed so select Incremental. The NSA does a full backup first and later only copies source files that are new and/or modified since the last backup. This example sets the NSA to do another full backup after every four incremental backups.

Figure 33 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 1

3 Select the volume1 check box to select all the folders and files.

Select Remote and enter the other NSA's address, username, password, and share name. If you want to make sure the remote NSA is reachable, click Test Connection.

Figure 34 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 2

4 In this example, the target NSA is on the LAN so leave the compression off.

Security is already configured on the target NSA so you can leave the encryption off, too.

Have the NSA keep 3 backups.

Figure 35 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 3

5 Set the frequency to Weekly. Schedule the backup for 5:00 every Saturday morning.

Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 4

4.18.2 Creating a Synchronization Backup

To create a synchronization backup:

1 Click Protect > Backup > Add Job.

Figure 36 Protect > Backup

Name the backup job and select Synchronization.

You want only your current set of files in the remote NSA's folder, so you select Mirror to make the target folder identical to the source folder. The NSA deletes any other files in the target folder.

Figure 37 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 1

2 Select the folder that needs to be mirrored (your Private folder in this example) and Remote.

• Enter the other NSA's address and administrator password.
• Click Show target content to display the remote NSA's contents.
• Select the destination on the remote NSA (Backups in this example).

- Click Next.

Figure 38 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 2

3 Click OK in the warning dialog box.

Figure 39 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 3

4 For this example, assume the connection to the German branch office is a good one and not many files need to be backed up so leave the compression off.

• Turn on the encryption to protect these sensitive files during the transfer. The final files stored on the remote NSA will be unencrypted (usable).
• Restrict the bandwidth usage to 256 KB/s to stop the archives from using all of your network connection's available bandwidth.
• You don't have to configure a purge policy for a synchronization backup.

- Click Next.

Figure 40 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 3

5 Schedule the backup to occur every morning at 3:00 and click Done.

Figure 41 Protect > Backup > Add Job: Step 4

You do not need to use a special restore process to use the files a synchronization backup creates. The copy of files that the NSA creates on the other NSA's Backups share can be used directly by anyone with access to that share.

4.18.3 Restoring Archived Files by Backup Job

If you have backup jobs for which the NSA has already performed backups, you can restore the files based on the backup job. Do the following:

1 Click Protect > Backup screen, select a backup job and click Restore Archive.

Figure 42 Protect > Backup

2 Select which backup to use and click Next.

Figure 43 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 1

3 Select the files and folders you want to restore and click Next.

Figure 44 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 2

4 Select the original location and click Done.

Figure 45 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 3

5 The NSA restores the files into the share. When it finishes you can access the files.

Figure 46 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Progress

4.18.4 Restoring by Backup Files

If you deleted an archive backup job or the NSA or the RAID array containing the backup job failed you cannot restore archived files by the backup job. In this example, the NSA's RAID array failed. You've replaced the hard drives and re-configured the RAID. To restore by backup files:

1 Click Protect > Restore. Specify where the archive files are located. In this example, enter "192.168.3.2" as the IP address, "admin" as the account name, "1234" as the password, and "Backups" as the share name. Click Test Connection. Click Next.

Figure 47 Protect > Restore: Step 1

2 Select the backup job and backup time and click Next.

Figure 48 Protect > Restore: Step 2

3 Select everything in the share except the recycle folder. Click Next.

Figure 49 Protect > Restore: Step 3

4 Browse to the folder where you want to put the files. Click Done.

Figure 50 Protect > Restore: Step 4

5 The NSA restores the files and you can use them again.

PART II

Technical Reference

5.1 Overview

This chapter describes the Status screen, which is the first advanced administration screen that displays.

5.2 The Status Screen

Click Administration in the Home screens (Section 3.5 on page 44) to open the Web Configurator. You can also view the status screen, by clicking Status on the top-left of the navigation panel.

Figure 51 Status

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 16 Status

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status Click this to refresh	the status screen statistics.
System Information
Server Name This displays the name which helps you find the NSA on the network. Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this.
Model Name This displays which model this NSA device is.
Firmware Version	This is the NSA firmware version. Click the Edit icon to go to the Maintenance > FW Upgrade screen from which you can upload/upgrade new firmware.
MAC Address This displays the NSA's unique physical hardware address (MAC). You need the MAC address to register the product at myZyXEL.com. Customer support may also request it for troubleshooting purposes.
Media Server Status	This shows whether the media server function is enabled or disabled. It must be enabled for media clients to play content files stored on the NSA. Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this.
FTP Server Status	This shows whether the FTP server function is enabled or disabled. It must be enabled to use FTP file transfer to/from the NSA. Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this.
Web Publishing Status	This shows whether the Web server function is enabled or disabled. It must be enabled to use HTTP to access shares on the NSA. Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this.
UPS	This shows the Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) capacity. Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can configure this.
CPU Usage	This displays a summary of CPU usage by all current processes.Click the Show CPU Info icon to display the ten processes currently using the most CPU capacity.Click the Refresh icon to update this display. It also automatically updates itself every 10 seconds.Note: If too many users are using the NSA then the NSA may appear sluggish.
CPU Temperature This displays the current temperature near the NSA's CPU. The NSA generates an emergency log if the temperature goes out of the normal operating range. If the temperature goes even higher, the NSA shuts down automatically to avoid damage from overheating. If the NSA overheats, make sure the fans are working and it is in a well ventilated place.Click the Refresh icon to update this display. It also automatically updates itself every 60 seconds.
Fan Speed This is the RPM (Rotations Per Minute) of the NSA's fans.Click the Refresh icon to update this display. It also automatically updates itself every 60 seconds.
Memory Usage This shows how much of the NSA's total memory is being used.Click the Refresh icon to update this display. It also automatically updates itself every 10 seconds.
Volume Status	A volume is a storage area on a single disk or spread across a number of disks within a single file system.
Internal Volume (or SATA Volume)	This displays the volumes created on the hard drives installed in the NSA.Click the Edit icon to open the Storage screen. You can create and edit the NSA's internal volume. See Chapter 7 on page 151 for more details.
External Volume (or USB Volume)	This displays the volumes created on USB hard drives connected to the NSA. USB disks are numbered in the order that you insert USB devices.Click the Edit icon to open the Storage screen. You can create and edit the external volume. See Chapter 7 on page 151 for more details.
Status This icon indicates whether the volume is healthy, degraded, or down.
Name This field shows the name for the volume.
Configuration	This field (also known as Type) shows what type of data storage system (a RAID type or JBOD) an internal volume is using.
File System	This field shows what file system an external (USB) volume is using.
Disk(s) For internal drives, this shows which hard drive bays are included in the volume.For external drives, this field shows front USB for the front USB port and rear USB1 and rear USB2 for the rear USB ports.
Disk Usage	This field shows total disk size, the percentage of the disk being used and the percentage that is available.
Active Sessions This shows how many users are currently connected to the NSA.
Type This shows whether it's a Windows/CIFS, web (web configurator), or FTP connection to the NSA.
Share Name	This displays the shared folder name on the NSA that the user is connected to for CIFS sessions and is blank for FTP and web sessions.
Username	This displays the name of the user connected to the NSA if one is defined.ANONYMOUS FTP displays if a username is not defined for the user's connection.
Connected At	This displays the date and time the user last connected to the NSA in year, month, day, hour, minute, second format.
IP Address	This displays the IP address of the computer connected to the NSA.

6.1 Overview

This chapter gives an overview of the various features included in the system setting screens. Upgrade the NSA firmware. Use package management to add more useful applications in your NSA. Identify your NSA on the network and set the time that the NSA follows for its scheduled tasks/logs.

6.2 What You Can Do

• Use the Firmware / Packages screens (Section 6.4 on page 143 to Section 6.5 on page 143) to upload new firmware and download and install applications from the web.
• Use the Server Name screen (Section 6.6 on page 147) to specify the NSA's server and workgroup names.
• Use the Date/ Time screen (Section 6.7 on page 147) to set up date/time and choose a time zone for the NSA.

6.3 What You Need to Know

Package Management

This feature enables you to install and use the following applications:

• BackupPlanner - Use this to schedule and run backup jobs for files stored in your NSA to an internal drive, external storage device or to another NSA in the network.
• DyDNS - This gives your NSA a domain name with a dynamic IP address. At the time of writing, this package supports accounts from the following service providers: DynDNS, NoIP, 3322, ZoneEdit, and DHS.
• Gallery - This web-based application allows your NSA to host pictures. You can upload images in your local computer or shares to this application. Use the administrator account of your NSA to log in to the Gallery console. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
• NFS - NFS (Network File System) is a file-sharing protocol most commonly implemented on Unix-like systems.
• NZBGet - This news grabber helps download files from UseNet.

• PHP-MySQL-phpMyAdmin - This tool can be used to manage MySQL through the web. Enter 'root' as the username and '1234' as the password to log in. This includes MySQL 5.1.30, PHP 5.2.8 and phpMyAdmin 3.1.1.

• SMART - Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It detects and reports the reliability of hard disks using standard indicators, enabling administrators to anticipate possible disk failures.

• SqueezeCenter - This enables you to manage a Logitech's Squeezebox device connected to the NSA.
• Syslog - Use this to configure the NSA to accept syslog logs from syslog clients.
• TFTP - Use this to configure the NSA to accept log files from TFTP clients.
• Transmission - This Bit Torrent client supports adding tasks through torrent files and magnet links.
• WordPress - This allows you to create and manage a blog. Use the NSA administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
• eMule - eMule is an open-source peer-to-peer (P2P) file-sharing application similar to eDonkey, which can be used to download files from the Internet. It uses the Kad protocol.
• carbohydrate - Use this to have the NAS manage your downloads including those from one-click hosting sites. One-click hosting sites allow Internet users to easily upload files to the one-click host's server so others can download them.

The following applications come with their own configuration screens and documentation:

• Gallery
  • NZBGet
• PHP-MySQL-phpMyAdmin
• Squeeze Center
• Transmission
• WordPress

Windows/CIFS

Common Internet File System (CIFS) is a standard protocol supported by most operating systems in order to share files across the network.

• CIFS is included by default in Windows operating systems.
• You can use Samba with Linux to use CIFS.
  • CIFS transfers use security.

Time Lag

Time lag occurs when the time on the NSA falls behind the time on the time server. This may happen if:

• the time server is no longer reachable
• if the NSA is shut down often (the NSA internal battery keeps time when the NSA is shut down and this may cause possible variance)
• power surges occur.

The NSA gives no warning if time lag occurs. You should resynchronize the time after a power surge or after you have shut down the NSA several times.

6.4 The Firmware Upgrade Screen

Use this screen to upgrade the NSA firmware. You should first have downloaded the latest firmware files from the ZyXEL website.

Do not turn off the NSA while it is upgrading the firmware or you may render it unusable.

Click System Setting > Firmware / Packages to open the following screen.

Figure 52 System Setting > Firmware / Packages

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 17 System Setting > Firmware / Packages

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Firmware File Type the	location of the firmware file you want to upload
Browse Click this to	find the file on your computer
Upload Click this to up	load the new firmware. The NSA automatically restarts after you upgrade. Wait until the restart completes before accessing the NSA again. If you interrupt the upgrade, then the NSA may become unusable. See Section 20.1 on page 345 for your model's LED behavior during firmware upgrade.
Reset Click this to refresh the screen.
Periodically Check for Latest Firmware Automatically	Select this to have the NSA regularly check ZyXEL's server for updated firmware. The NSA notifies you at login if a new firmware is available.Click Apply to save this field's setting.
Check for Latest Firmware Now	Click this to check ZyXEL's server for updated firmware.

6.5 Package Management Screen

Use this screen to download and install applications from the web. See Chapter 10 on page 215 for more about the features you can add to the NSA by installing packages.

Click System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management to open the following screen.

Figure 53 System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management

Status	Package Name	Requires	Version	Description	Management Page
Built-in	BackupPlanner		001zypkg009	Use this to schedule and run backup jobs for files stored in your NAS to an internal drive, external storage device or to another NAS in the network.	Protect > Backup Protect > Restore
Built-in	DyDNS		001zypkg007	This gives your NAS a domain name with a dynamic IP address.	Network > DvDNS
Enabled	Gallery	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin	3.0.4zypkg006	This web-based application allows your NAS to host pictures. Use the NAS administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.	http://192.168.1.1/pkg/gallery/
Built-in	NFS		1.1.4zypkg004	NFS (Network File System) is a file-sharing protocol most commonly implemented on Unix-like systems.	Network > NFS
Enabled	NZBGet		9.1zypkg001	This package downloads .nzb file from Usenet. Default username:nzoget password:1234	http://192.168.1.1:6789/
Enabled	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin		1.0zypkg006	This tool can be used to manage MySQL through the web. Enter 'root' as the username and '1234' as the password to log in.	http://192.168.1.1/pkg/phpmyadmin/
Built-in	SMART		5.39zypkg005	Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It notifies you ahead of time of any issues that can result to the hard disk's poor performance or failure.	Storage > S.M.A.R.T
Enabled	SqueezeCenter	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin	7.7zypkg005	This enables you to manage a Logitech's Squeezebox device connected to the NAS.	http://192.168.1.1:9000
Built-in	Syslog		2.0.10zypkg004	The syslog protocol allows devices to send logs across an IP network to syslog servers where they can be stored for later analysis.	Applications > Syslog Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 18 System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Package Management
Retrieve List From Internet	Click this to retrieve a list of available packages from the ZyXEL website.
Install/Upgrade	Choose the item(s) on the list and click this to install the selected application(s) on your system or upgrade to the latest version if you have previously installed the application.
Uninstall/Cancel Installation	Choose the item(s) on the list and click this to uninstall the selected application(s) from your system or cancel their active download(s) or install process/es.This is only available if you have previously installed the package.
Enable This option is	only for non built-in packages.Choose the item(s) on the list and click this to enable the application(s) on your system.This is only available if you have previously installed the package.

Table 18 System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Disable This option is	only for non built-in packages.Choose the item(s) on the list and click this to disable the application on your system. You have to enable the application again in order to use it.This is only available if you have previously installed the package.
Package Info	Select an item on the list and click this to display information about the package. See Section 6.5.1 on page 146 for more details.
Status	This is the current status of the application. It shows:Not Installed- This displays for applications that have not been installed by the NSA.Installing (%) - This displays when the application is being installed. It also shows the percent of the package already installed.Built-in- This displays for applications installed by the NSA that you can configure in the NSA Web Configurator.Enabled- This displays for applications installed and enabled by the NSA that have their own web configurators.Disabled- This displays for applications installed and disabled by the NSA that have their own web configurators.Unknown- It is possible to get this status if the web location for the application is unavailable.
Package Name This is the name of the application.
Requires	This shows the other packages required in order to run this application.Note: A package would be disabled/enabled simultaneously if its prerequisite package(s) has been disabled/enabled. For example, when you enable WordPress, this also enables PHP-MySQL-phpMyAdmin automatically. However when you enable PHP-MySQL-phpMyAdmin, this does not automatically enable WordPress.
Version This is the	version number of the item.The icon indicates that the application has a newer version available. Move your mouse over this icon to see the latest version number. Choose this item and click Install/ Upgrade.
Description	This shows a brief description of the application.
Management Page	This shows the location of the screens or web configurator where you can manage the application (after the package has been installed on the system).

Note: Once you install an application and enable it, additional links show up in the navigation panel. This applies to eMule, DyDNS, NFS, SMART, Syslog Server, TFTP Server, pyLoad, and BackupPlanner. For Gallery, PHP-MySQL-phpMyAdmin, SqueezeCenter and WordPress, you can access the applications' web configurators through the Package Management screen.

6.5.1 Displaying the Package Information

Select an item on the list and click Package Info. Use this screen to check detailed information about the task.

Figure 54 System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management > Package Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 19 System Setting > Firmware / Packages > Package Management > Package Info

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status This is the current status of the application. It shows:Not Installed- This displays for applications that have not been installed by the NSA.Installing (%)- This displays when the application is being installed. It also shows the percent of the package already installed.Built-in- This displays for applications installed by the NSA that you can configure in the NSA Web Configurator.Enabled- This displays for applications installed and enabled by the NSA that have their own web configurators.Disabled- This displays for applications installed and disabled by the NSA that have their own web configurators.
Name This is the name of the application.
Size This is the size of the application at initial download.
Needed Space This is the needed space to complete the installation of the application.
Version This is the version number of the application.
Requires This shows other package/s required to run this application.
Required By	This shows which other packages require this application in order to be usable.
Management Page	This shows the location of the screens, console or web configurator where you can manage the application (after the package has been installed on the system).
Source This shows the location of the installed files of the application.
Description This shows a brief description of the item.
Close	Click this to close the screen.

6.6 The Server Name Screen

Click System Setting > Server Name to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure your CIFS settings. In this screen you can set your server name and specify if your NSA is a part of a workgroup.

Note: CIFS cannot be disabled on the NSA.

Figure 55 System Setting > Server Name

The following table describes the labels in these screens.

Table 20 System Setting > Server Name

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Name Enter	a name to identify your NSA on the network in this field.You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters with minus signs allowed but not as the last character. The name must begin with an alphabet (a-z) and is NOT case sensitive.
Description	Add text here to describe the NSA if the Server Name field is not enough. Use up to 61 characters. You can use all characters except the following: / |[]<>+;,?='~'.
Workgroup Name	Type your workgroup name in this field. A workgroup is a group of computers on a network that can share files. These user accounts are maintained on the NSA.You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters with minus signs allowed but not as the last character. The name must begin with an alphabet (a-z) and is NOT case sensitive.
Prevent NSA From Being Master Browser	Select this option if computers in your workgroup are named with non-English characters (such as Chinese and Russian). When you perform a search in the workgroup, this option allows you to locate computers named with non-English characters.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Reset Click this to	restore previously saved settings.

6.7 The Date/Time Screen

Use this screen to select a time zone and a time server from which your NSA can get the time and date. This time is then used in NSA logs and alerts.

Click the System Setting link in the navigation panel and then click the Date/ Time link to access the Date/ Time screen.

Figure 56 System Setting > Date/Time

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 21 System Setting > Date/Time

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Current System Date Time Setting
Current Time This field displays the time used by your NSA for its logs and alerts.
Current Date This field displays the date used by your NSA for its logs and alerts.
Date Time Setup
Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually.When you enter the time settings manually, the NSA uses the new setting once you click Apply.Note: If you enter time settings manually, they revert to their defaults when power is lost.
New Date (yyyy-mm-dd)	This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually.When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new date in this field and then click Apply.
New Time (hh:mm:ss)	This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually.When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new time in this field and then click Apply.
Get from Time Server	Select this check box to have the NSA get the time and date from the time server you select in the Time Server Address field.
Time Server Address	Select a time server from the drop-down list box or select Specify my own time server and enter the time server you wish to use in the field below. Check with your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Synchronize Now	Click this for the NSA to retrieve the correct time from the configured time server right away.
Time Zone
Time Zone	Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Manual Daylight Saving	Daylight saving is a period from late spring to fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening.Select this option to manually enter Daylight Saving Time settings. Clear this option to have the NSA automatically retrieve Daylight Saving Time settings from the Internet. The NSA will download a new daylight saving resource file from the Internet every month.
Start Date	Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving. The hour field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would use March, Second, Sunday, at 2:00.Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March. All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select March, Last, Sunday. The time you specify depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
End Date	Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving. The o'clock field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November. Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select November, First, Sunday, at 2:00.Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October. All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select October, Last, Sunday. The time you specify depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Offset	Specify by how many hours to change the time for Daylight Saving Time.
Apply	Click this to save your changes. If you configured a new time and date, Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time, all of the settings take affect.
Cancel Click this to	restore your previously saved settings.

7.1 Overview

Several NSA features require a valid internal volume. This chapter covers the management of volumes and disks (both internal and external).

Use the Storage screen (Section 7.2 on page 152) to display information on all volumes, create internal and external volumes, and configure the volume's properties.

7.1.1 What You Need to Know About Storage

Disk

SATA or Serial ATA (Advanced Technology Attachment) is a computer bus technology that allows high-speed data transfer to and from hard disks.

1-bay NSA models include an eSATA port. An eSATA (external SATA) hard disk has the same specifications as a SATA hard disk but is attached to the NSA using a cable. It can be used either to expand storage or backup data. The eSATA hard disk is optional. You can attach one SATA and one eSATA to the NSA hard disk tray. Both SATA and eSATA hard disks are treated as internal disks/volumes (refer to Section 7.3 on page 155).

USB-attached storage disks are treated as external disks/volumes.

Volume

A volume is a storage area on a disk or disks. You can create volumes on the internal disks and external disks attached to the USB port(s). You can spread a volume across internal disks but not between internal and external disks.

Storage Methods

The NSA uses the following storage methods:

• RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks)
• PC Compatible Volume (1-bay models)
• JBOD (Just a Bunch of Disks)

The storage method you use depends on how many disks you have and how many volumes you want to create. It's important that you consider this carefully as all data is deleted when you recreate a volume. See Figure 7.6.2 on page 160 for details on choosing a storage method.

Note: 1-bay models configure the internal hard disk (SATA) as JBOD by default. You can modify it if you attach a second internal hard disk (an eSATA hard disk).

Finding Out More

See Section 7.6 on page 160 for more technical background information on storage.

7.2 The Storage Screen

The Storage screen allows you to create and edit volumes in the NSA.

7.2.1 Disk Replacement Restrictions

See the Quick Start Guide for information on replacing disks in the NSA. When replacing a disk in a degraded or down RAID volume, the new disk must be at least the same size or bigger than the other disks that are already in the RAID volume, so as all data in the volume can be restored.

For example, if you have RAID with 250 GB disks, you must put in a 250 GB or bigger disk as a replacement in order to restore all original data in that volume. If the replacement disk is of a higher capacity, the extra space on the disk will not be used except if it is for a RAID 1 volume and you follow the Expanding a RAID 1 Volume procedure.

Note: The NSA automatically repairs a degraded RAID volume if you insert an empty disk without an existing file system. Otherwise, when you replace a disk you must go to the Storage > Internal Volume > RAID screen, select the degraded array, and click Repair.

Resynchronizing or Recovering a RAID 1 Volume

Resynchronizing or recovering a RAID 1 volume that was down is done block-by-block, so the time it takes depends more on the size of your hard drive(s) than the amount of data you have on them.

Note: Do not restart the NSA while the NSA is resynchronizing or recovering a volume as this will cause the synchronization to begin again after the NSA fully reboots.

Note: You can access data on a RAID volume while it is resynchronizing or recovering, but it is not recommended.

Expanding a RAID 1 Volume

Replace a RAID 1 volume's hard disks with higher capacity hard disks to be able to increase the RAID 1 volume's capacity. For example, you have two 500 GB hard disks. You replace one 500 GB hard disk with a 1 TB hard disk and repair the volume. After the NSA finishes resynchronizing the volume, you replace the second 500 GB hard disk with another 1 TB hard disk and repair the volume again. After the NSA finishes the second repair, use the Expand icon to have the RAID1 volume use the rest of the hard disk capacity.

7.2.2 Storage Screen

Click Storage > Volume in the navigation panel to display the following screen. Use this screen to display internal and external volumes on the NSA.

Note: It is recommended to scan the volume every three months or 32 reboots.

Figure 57 Storage > Volume

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 22 Storage > Volume

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Internal/External Volume	These tables display information on all internal volumes (created on NSA internal disk drives) and external volumes (created on external disk drives attached to the NSA USB ports).
Create an Internal Volume	Click this to format internal hard drives and create a new volume. All data on the disk(s) will be lost.
Create an External Volume	Click this to format an external hard drive and create a new volume. All data on the disk will be lost.
SATA/USB Volume (NSA310) These tables display information on all internal SATA volumes (created on NSA internal disk drives) and external volumes (created on external disk drives attached to the NSA USB ports).
Create a SATA Volume	(NSA310) Click this to format internal hard drives and create a new volume. All data on the disk(s) will be lost.
Create a USB Volume	(NSA310) Click this to format an external hard drive and create a new volume. All data on the disk will be lost.
Status	This field shows whether the volume is Healthy, Resync, Recovering, Degraded, or Down. See Section 7.4 on page 157 for details on a volume's status.
Volume The NSA creates the volume name automatically. You can edit it.
Disk Configuration This field shows which disks and data storage system the volume is using.
File System	This field displays the file system that an external (USB) volume is using.
Disk(s) Click or roll your mouse over a link in this column to display the following details about the hard drive located in the corresponding hard drive bay.Type: Whether it is an internal or external (USB) hard drive.Model Name: This is the hard disk number that identifies the disk.File System: The file system that an external volume is usingCapacity: The total storage space on the disk.
Capacity	This field shows total disk size, the percentage of the volume being used and the percentage that is available.
Actions	This field displays icons allowing you to edit, scan, repair, expand, migrate, or delete a volume. You can also locate or eject an external volume.Note: If you delete a volume, all data in the volume disk(s) is erased.

You see a warning screen before you delete a volume.

Figure 58 Delete a Volume Warning Screen

7.2.3 Volume Status

You (the administrator) can see the status of a volume in the Status or Storage screens.

The NSA has the following classifications for the status of a volume:

• Healthy if all disks in the volume are OK and the file system is functioning properly.
• OK means the USB connected device is functioning properly.
• Resync when you create a RAID volume.
• Recovering appears when repairing a RAID 1 volume. (A RAID1 volume was once degraded, but you have installed a new disk and the NSA is restoring the RAID1 volume to a healthy state.)
• Degraded when a volume is currently down, but can be fixed. Data access may be slower from a degraded volume, so it's recommended that you replace the faulty disk and repair the volume as soon as you can.
• Inactive when a disk is missing from a RAID 0 volume or a two-disk JBOD volume. The volume is unusable. If you removed one of the disks you should be able to re-install it and use the volume again (as long as you did not change anything on the disk). If a disk has failed, you need to replace it and re-create the whole volume. All data will be lost. See page 328 for how to install or replace a hard drive.
• Down when a volume is down and can not be fixed.

A down RAID volume cannot be used until you repair or replace the faulty disk(s) in the volume. Degraded means one of the disks in the RAID volume is not available but the volume can still be used. For a degraded volume, you should replace the faulty disk as soon as possible to obtain previous performance. See your Quick Start Guide for more information on replacing a disk.

If it's down, then the only indication is that you can no longer transfer files to/from the shares in the down volume. If it's degraded, then file transfer to/from the shares in the degraded volume will be slower.

Note: There is no explicit message from CIFS that tells users their volume is degraded or down.

7.3 Creating an Internal (SATA) Volume

In the Storage screen (Figure 57 on page 153), click the Create an Internal Volume or Create a SATA Volume button (depending on your model) to open the following screen. Use this screen to create a new NSA internal disk drive volume.

Note: Creating a volume formats the hard drive. All data on the disk will be lost.

Figure 59 Storage > Create an Internal Volume

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 23 Storage > Create an Internal Volume

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Volume Name	Type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters. To avoid confusion, it is highly recommended that each volume use a unique name.Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters, " " [spaces], "_" [underscores], and "." [periods].The first character must be alphanumeric (A-Z 0-9).The last character cannot be a space " ".For an external volume, type a volume name from 1 to 32 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume.
JBOD	Use this if you want maximum storage capacity and/or you have other means of protecting your data. JBOD is the only option if you only have one disk installed. With two disks, you can choose to create a JBOD volume on one of the disks or both. JBOD is the only option for the NSA310S.Select which disks to use for this volume (disk1, disk2, or disk1 and disk2). A disk can only belong to one volume. You do not need to select anything if only one hard disk is installed.For the NSA310:Internal Disk - Is the hard disk inside an NSA310.External Disk - Is the eSATA hard disk connected to an NSA310.
PC Compatible Volume	(NSA310 only)This type is only available if you have attached an eSATA hard disk to your NSA.A primary partition is created on the eSATA hard disk.Use this to make your eSATA hard disk readable by other computer systems. However, the computer's platform (for example, Windows XP SP2) should support the file system you selected for the eSATA hard disk.External Disk - This is checked automatically. It refers to the eSATA hard disk that you can attach as a second drive to your NSA310.File System - Select the file system you want the new volume to use.Windows file systems include:NTFS: Recommended for volumes greater than 40 GB.FAT32: Newer, and more efficient than FAT16. Supports a volume size of up to 32 GB (Giga Bytes) and individual file sizes of up to 4 GB.FAT16: Compatible with older Windows operating systems. Supports volume and file sizes of up to 2 GB.Linux file systems include:EXT2: Most commonly used on Linux platforms.EXT3: The same as EXT2, but adds a journaled file system and is more robust.EXT4: Supports larger files and better performance than EXT3.ReiserFS: Offers better performance for small files.XFS: Allows expansion for mounted volumes.
RAID 0 (2-bay models only)	Use this if you want maximum speed for your disks, and/or you have other means of protecting your data. This is only available when you have two hard disks installed.
RAID 1 Use this	if you want to mirror all data on one disk to the other disk. This is only available when you have two hard disks installed.
Volume will be created on	This field lists all hard disks installed inside the NSA. Select which disks should make up this volume. A disk can only belong to one volume. You do not need to select anything if only one hard disk is installed.
Apply Click this	to save your changes and create the volume.
Cancel Click this	to exit this screen without saving your changes or creating a volume.

Note: Once you create the first volume on the NSA, it is recommended to restart the NSA for better performance.

7.4 Editing a Volume

Click an internal volume's Edit icon in the Storage screen as shown in Figure 57 on page 153 to open the following screen. Use this screen to change the volume's name.

Figure 60 Storage > Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 24 Storage > Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Volume Name	For an internal volume, type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters. To avoid confusion, it is highly recommended that each volume use a unique name.Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters and " " [spaces], "_" [underscores], and "." [periods].The first character must be alphanumeric (A-Z 0-9).The last character cannot be a space " ".For an external volume, type a volume name from 1 to 32 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume.
Apply Click this to save your changes and rename the volume.
Cancel Click this to close this screen without saving your changes.

7.4.1 Scanning a Volume

Select a volume in the Storage > Volume screen (Section 7.2 on page 152) and click Scan to open the following screen. Use this screen to scan the volume for errors and select whether or not to have the NSA automatically repair them.

Figure 61 Storage > Volume > Scan

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 25 Storage > Volume > Scan

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Auto File Repair Select this to have the NSA automatically attempt to repair any errored files it detects during the scan. This may also result in the NSA finding some files and placing them in the Lost and Found share.
	The rest of the screen shows which users are currently connected to the NSA. They will be disconnected if you perform the scan.
Type	This shows whether it's a Windows/CIFS, web (Web Configurator), or FTP connection to the NSA.
Share Name	This displays the shared folder name on the NSA that the user is connected to for CIFS sessions and is blank for FTP and web sessions.
Username	This displays the name of the user connected to the NSA if one is defined.ANONYMOUS FTP displays if a username is not defined for the user's connection.
IP Address	This displays the IP address of the computer connected to the NSA.
Apply Click this to	have the NSA scan the volume.
Cancel Click this to	to close this screen without scanning the volume.

7.5 Creating an External (USB) Volume

Click the Create a New External Volume button (or the Create a USB Volume button depending on your model) in the Storage screen as shown in Figure 57 on page 153 to open the following screen. Use this screen to create a new NSA external disk drive volume.

Note: Creating a volume formats the drive. All data on the disk will be lost.

Figure 62 Storage > Create an External Volume

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 26 Storage > Create an External Volume

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Volume Name	Type a volume name from 1 to 31 characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing external volume.Acceptable characters are all alphanumeric characters and " " [spaces], "_" [underscores], and "." [periods].The first character must be alphanumeric (A-Z 0-9).The last character cannot be a space " ".
Available Disk(s) Select the external (USB) device upon which you want to create the volume.
File System Select	the file system you want the new volume to use.Windows file systemsNTFS: Recommended.FAT32: Newer, and more efficient than FAT16. Supports a volume size of up to 2 TB (Tera Bytes) and individual file sizes of up to 4 GB.FAT16: Compatible with older Windows operating systems. Supports volume and file sizes of up to 2 GB.Linux file systemsEXT2: Older file system.EXT3: The same as EXT2, but adds a journaled file system and is more robust.EXT4: Supports larger files and better performance than EXT3.ReiserFS: Offers better performance for small files.XFS: Allows expansion for mounted volumes.
Apply Click this to	save your changes and create the volume.
Cancel Click this to	exit this screen without saving changes.

7.5.1 External Disks

You may connect USB storage devices that support the following file systems to the NSA.

• Windows File Systems: NTFS, FAT32 and FAT16.
• Linux File Systems: ReiserFS, EXT2, EXT3, and XFS.

7.6 Storage Technical Reference

This section provides some background information about the topics covered in this chapter.

7.6.1 Volumes and RAID

A volume is a storage area on a disk or disks. You can create volumes on the internal disks and external disks attached to the USB port(s). You can spread a volume across internal disks but not between internal and external disks.

RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) or JBOD is the storage method that the NSA uses. The storage method you use depends on how many disks you have and how many volumes you want to create. It's important that you consider this carefully as all data is deleted when you recreate a volume.

Note: Back up your data before deleting or re-creating a volume!

Below is a table that summarizes some attributes of the various RAID levels as supported on the NSA. For capacity and storage efficiency, "S" is the size of the smallest drive in the array, and "N" is the number of drives in the array.

Storage efficiency assumes all drives are of identical size.

Performance rankings are approximations.

Table 27 RAID Quick Comparison

RAID Level 0 1
Number of Disks 2 2
Capacity S* N S* N/2
Storage Efficiency 100% 50%
Fault Tolerance None YYYY
Availability Y YYYY
Read Performance YYYY	YYY
Write Performance YYYY	YYY

7.6.2 Choosing a Storage Method for a Volume

The following is a guide to help you choose a storage method for the various number of disks supported on the NSA. See Section 7.6.3 on page 161 for theoretical background on JBOD and the RAID levels used on the NSA. Typical applications for each method are also shown there.

One Disk

If you only have one disk, you must use JBOD. All disk space is used for your data - none is used for backup. If the disk fails, then you lose all the data on that volume (disk). You can add another disk to your one-disk JBOD volume later without having to re-create shares, access rights, and so on. Alternatively, you could create a different JBOD volume if you install a second disk. (and create new shares, access rights and so on).

Two Disks:

You may choose JBOD, RAID 0 or RAID 1. With two disks you could create:

• up to two JBOD volumes
• one RAID 0 or RAID 1 volume

- Choose JBOD for flexibility and maximum usage of disk space for data.

- If you have a 2-bay model, you can choose RAID 0 if performance matters more than data security. RAID 0 has the fastest read and write performance but if one disk fails you lose all your data on the volume. It has fast performance as it can read and write to two disks simultaneously. Performance may matter more than data security to gamers for example. This method may also be acceptable for data that is already backed up somewhere else.

- Choose RAID 1 if data security is more important than performance. Since RAID 1 mirrors data onto a second disk, you can recover all data even if one disk fails, but the performance is slower than RAID 0.

7.6.3 Storage Methods

This section contains theoretical background on JBOD and the RAID levels used on the NSA. Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) is a method of storing data on multiple disks to provide a combination of greater capacity, reliability, and/or speed. JBOD (Just a Bunch Of Disks) is not a RAID storage method but it is included in this discussion.

These are some terms that you need to know in order to understand storage systems.

• Mirroring
  In a RAID system using mirroring, all data in the system is written simultaneously to two hard disks instead of one. This provides 100% data redundancy as if one disk fails the other has the duplicated data. Mirroring setups always require an even number of drives.

• Duplexing
  Like in mirroring, all data is duplicated onto two distinct physical hard drives but in addition it also duplicates the hardware that controls the two hard drives (one of the drives would be connected to one adapter and the other to a second adapter).

- Striping

Striping is the breaking up of data and storing different data pieces on each of the drives in an array. This allows faster reading and writing as it can be done simultaneously across disks. Striping can be done at the byte level, or in blocks. Byte-level striping means that the first byte of the file is sent to the first drive, then the second to the second drive, and so on. Block-level striping means that each file is split into blocks of a certain size and those are distributed to the various drives. The size of the blocks used is also called the stripe size (or block size).

- Parity

In mirroring 50% of the drives in the array are reserved for duplicate data. Parity is another way to allow data recovery in the event of disk failure using calculations rather than duplicating the data. If you have 'n' pieces of data, parity computes an extra piece of data. The 'n+1' pieces of data are stored on 'n+1' drives. If you lose any one of the 'n+1' pieces of data, you can recreate it from the 'n' that remain, regardless of which piece is lost. Parity protection is used with striping, and the "n" pieces of data are typically the blocks or bytes distributed across the drives in the array. The parity information can either be stored on a separate, dedicated drive, or be mixed with the data across all the drives in the array.

Note: In the following figures, A1, A2, A3 and so on are blocks of data from the A file. Similarly, B1, B2, B3 and C1, C2, C3 are blocks of data from the B and C files.

JBOD

JBOD allows you to combine multiple physical disk drives into a single virtual one, so they appear as a single large disk. JBOD can be used to turn multiple different-sized drives into one big drive. For example, JBOD could convert 80 GB and 100 GB drives into one large logical drive of 180 GB. If you have two JBOD volumes (with one disk in each), a failure of one disk (volume) should not affect the other volume (disk). JBOD read performance is not as good as RAID as only one disk can be read at a time and they must be read sequentially. The following figure shows disks in a single JBOD volume. Data is not written across disks but written sequentially to each disk until it's full.

Table 28 JBOD

A1 B1
A2 B2
A3 B3
A4 B4
DISK 1 DISK 2

RAID 0

RAID 0 spreads data evenly across two or more disks (data striping) with no mirroring nor parity for data redundancy, so if one disk fails the entire volume will be lost. The major benefit of RAID 0 is performance. The following figure shows two disks in a single RAID 0 volume. Data can be written and read across disks simultaneously for faster performance.

Table 29 RAID 0

A1 A2
A3 A4
A5 A6
A7 A8
DISK 1 DISK 2

RAID 0 capacity is the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of disks you have configured at RAID 0 on the NSA. For example, if you have two disks of sizes 100 GB and 200 GB respectively in a RAID 0 volume, then the maximum capacity is 200 GB (2 * 100 GB, the smallest disk size) and the remaining space (100 GB) is unused.

Typical applications for RAID 0 are non-critical data (or data that changes infrequently and is backed up regularly) requiring high write speed such as audio, video, graphics, games and so on.

RAID 1

RAID 1 creates an exact copy (or mirror) of a set of data on another disk. This is useful when data backup is more important than data capacity. The following figure shows two disks in a single RAID 1 volume with mirrored data. Data is duplicated across two disks, so if one disk fails, there is still a copy of the data.

Table 30 RAID 1

A1 A1
A2 A2
A3 A3
A4 A4
DISK 1 DISK 2

As RAID 1 uses mirroring and duplexing, a RAID 1 volume needs an even number of disks (two or four for the NSA).

RAID 1 capacity is limited to the size of the smallest disk in the RAID array. For example, if you have two disks of sizes 150 GB and 200 GB respectively in one RAID 1 volume, then the maximum capacity is 150 GB and the remaining space (50 GB) is unused.

Typical applications for RAID 1 are those requiring high fault tolerance without need of large amounts of storage capacity or top performance, for example, accounting and financial data, small database systems, and enterprise servers.

RAID and Data Protection

If a hard disk fails and you're using a RAID 1 volume, then your data will still be available (but at degraded speeds until you replace the hard disk that failed and resynchronize the volume). However, RAID cannot protect against file corruption, virus attacks, files incorrectly deleted or modified, or the NSA malfunctioning. Here are some suggestions for helping to protect your data.

• Place the NSA behind a hardware-based firewall. It should have stateful packet inspection, IDP (Intrusion Detection and Prevention), and anti-virus (like ZyXEL's ZyWALL UTM products for example).
• Use anti-virus software on your computer to scan files from others before saving the files on the NSA.
• Keep another copy of important files (preferably in another location).

8.1 Overview

This chapter discusses the network configuration screens. The Network screens allow you to configure TCP/IP and PPPoE settings for the NSA.

8.2 What You Can Do

• Use the TCP/IP screen (Section 8.4 on page 166) to assign the NSA a dynamic or static IP address and DNS information.
• Use UPnP port mapping (Section 8.5 on page 169) to automatically configure your Internet gateway's firewall and Network Address Translation (NAT) to allow access to the NSA from the Internet.
• Use the PPPoE screen (Section 8.6 on page 172) to configure PPPoE settings for a direct Internet connection.
• Use the Telnet screen (Section 8.7 on page 173) to enable or disable Telnet access.

8.3 What You Need to Know

IP Address

The NSA needs an IP address to communicate with other devices on your network. The NSA can get an IP address automatically if you have a device on your network that gives them out. Or you can assign the NSA a static (fixed) IP address.

DNS Server Address

A DNS (Domain Name System) server maps domain names (like www.zyxel.com) to their corresponding numerical IP addresses. This lets you use domain names to access web sites without having to know their IP addresses. The NSA can receive the IP address of a DNS server automatically (along with the NSA's own IP address). You can also manually enter a DNS server IP address in the NSA.

PPPoE

Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) allows the NSA to establish a direct Internet connection if you do not have a router. PPPoE is a dial-up connection. You need a username and password from your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to set up the connection.

Jumbo Frames

Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames larger than 1500 bytes. They enable data transfer with less overhead. The bigger the frame, the better the network performance. Your network equipment such as computers, switches and routers must be capable of supporting jumbo frames. You also need to enable jumbo frames in all related network devices.

To use jumbo frames, your LAN must support 1 Gbps transmissions (Gigabit Ethernet). All of your network devices (computer Ethernet cards and switches, hubs, or routers) must also support the same size of jumbo frames that you specify in the NSA.

Note: If you enable jumbo frames on the NSA in a network that does not support them, you will lose access to the NSA. If this occurs, you will have to restore the factory default configuration. Push the RESET button on the NSA's rear panel and release it after you hear a beep.

In the following example, the NSA has jumbo frames enabled and set to 8KB frames. This means the computer, notebook computer, and switch must also have jumbo frames enabled and be capable of supporting 8KB frames.

Figure 63 Jumbo Frames

graph TD
    A["1 GBPS Ethernet"] -->|8KB| B["Router"]
    B -->|8KB| C["Server"]
    D["Computer"] -->|8KB| B
    E["Computer"] -->|8KB| B

8.4 The TCP/IP Screen

Use the TCP/IP screen to have the NSA use a dynamic or static IP address, subnet mask, default gateway and DNS servers.

Click Network > TCP/IP in the navigation panel to open the following screen.

Note: If you change the NSA's IP address, you need to log in again after you apply changes.

Figure 64 Network > TCP/IP

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 31 Network > TCP/IP

LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Address
Dynamic Select this option to have the NSA get IP address information automatically.
Static	Select this option for the NSA to use fixed TCP/IP information. You must fill in the following fields.
IP Address Type an IP address in this field.
IP Subnet Mask Type an IP subnet mask in this field.
Default Gateway Type a default gateway address in this field.
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IPv6 Settings Click	this to configure the following IPv6 settings. Mode - Select Auto to have the Device use the IPv6 prefix from the connected router's Router Advertisement (RA) to generate an IPv6 address. Select Static if you have a fixed IPv6 address assigned by your ISP. Select Disable to not assign any IPv6 address for the NSA. Address - Enter the IPv6 address assigned by your ISP. Subnet prefix length - Enter the address prefix length to specify how many most significant bits in an IPv6 address compose the network address. The range is 0 to 128 Default Gateway - Enter the IP address of the next-hop gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same segment as your Device's interface(s). The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations.
DNS	DNS (Domain Name System) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. If you have the IP address(es) of the DNS server(s), enter them.
Dynamic Select the option to have the NSA get a DNS server address automatically.
Static Select this option to choose a static DNS server address. Type the DNS server IP address(es) into the fields below.
Primary DNS Server	Type a primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	Type a secondary DNS server IP address.
HTTP (Web Configurator)
Enable Another Web Configuration Port	Select this to configure an additional HTTP port for accessing the web configurator. Specify a number in the Port Number field.
Jumbo Frames Jumbo	frames improve network performance. You must have a 1 Gbps (Gigabit Ethernet) network that supports jumbo frames. Select the largest size of frame that all of your network devices (including computer Ethernet cards and switches, hubs, or routers) support.When enabled, you can choose between 4 KB, 8 KB, and 9 KB frame sizes.Note: If you enable jumbo frames on the NSA in a network that does not support them, you will lose access to the NSA. If this occurs, you will have to restore the factory default configuration. Push the RESET button on the NSA's rear panel and release it after you hear a beep.
Network Diagnostic Tool	Use this section to test the network connection to a particular IP address or domain name. Select an address or type it into the field. Then click Ping to have the NSA send a packet to test the network connection. Successfully pinged host - The NSA is able to "ping" the host, the network connection is OK. Unable to ping host - The NSA is able to "ping" the selected host.
Apply	Click this to save your TCP/IP configurations. After you click Apply, the NSA restarts. Wait until you see the Login screen or until the NSA fully boots and then use the NAS Starter Utility to rediscover it.
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

8.5 UPnP Port Mapping Screen

Use UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) port mapping to allow access from the WAN to services you select on the NSA. It is recommended that you place the NSA behind an Internet gateway firewall device to protect the NSA from attacks from the Internet (see RAID and Data Protection on page 163 for firewall type suggestions). Many such Internet gateways use UPnP to simplify peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. UPnP can automatically configure the Internet gateway's firewall and Network Address Translation (NAT) to allow access to the NSA from the Internet.

Figure 65 UPnP for FTP Access

graph LR
    A["192.168.1.20"] -->|TCP: 21| B["Router"]
    B -->|TCP: 21| C["INTERNET"]
    C --> D["Computer"]

In the above example, UPnP creates a firewall rule and NAT port forwarding mapping to send FTP traffic (using TCP port number 21) from the public IP address a.b.c.d to the NSA's private IP address of 192.168.1.20.

Use the NSA's UPnP Port Mapping screen to configure the UPnP settings your Internet gateway uses to allow access from the WAN (Internet) to services you select on the NSA. You can also set which port Internet users need to use in order to access a specific service on the NSA.

Note: To use UPnP port mapping, your Internet gateway must have UPnP enabled.

If your Internet gateway supports Port Address Translation (PAT is sometimes included with a port forwarding feature), you can have the Internet users use a different TCP port number from the one the NSA uses for the service.

Figure 66 UPnP Port Address Translation for FTP Example

In the above example, the Internet gateway uses PAT to accept Internet user FTP sessions on port 2100, translate them to port 21, and forward them to the NSA.

8.5.1 UPnP and the NSA's IP Address

It is recommended that the NSA use a static IP address (or a static DHCP IP address) if you will allow access to the NSA from the Internet. The UPnP-created NAT mappings keep the IP address the NSA had when you applied your settings in the UPnP Port Mapping screen. They do not automatically update if the NSA's IP address changes.

Note: WAN access stops working if the NSA's IP address changes.

For example, if the NSA's IP address was 192.168.1.33 when you applied the UPnP Port Mapping screen's settings and the NSA later gets a new IP address of 192.168.1.34 through DHCP, WAN access stops working because the Internet gateway still tries to forward traffic to IP address 192.168.1.33. Since you can no longer access the NSA from the WAN, you would have to access the NSA from the LAN and re-apply your UPnP Port Mapping screen settings to update the Internet gateway's UPnP port mappings.

Figure 67 UPnP Using the Wrong IP Address

graph LR
    A["192.168.1.34"] --> B["a.b.c.d"]
    C["192.168.1.33"] --> B
    B <--> D["INTERNET"]
    D --> E["Computer"]

8.5.2 UPnP and Security

UPnP's automated nature makes it easier to use than manually configuring firewall and NAT rules, but it is also less secure. Using UPnP may make your network more susceptible to snooping and hacking attacks.

8.5.3 The NSA's Services and UPnP

This section introduces the NSA's services which an Internet gateway can use UPnP to allow access to from the Internet.

CIFS (Windows File Sharing)

Common Internet File System (CIFS) is a standard protocol supported by most operating systems in order to share files across the network. Using UPnP port mapping for CIFS allows users to connect from the Internet and use programs like Windows Explorer to access the NSA's shares to copy files from the NSA, delete files on the NSA, or upload files to the NSA from the Internet.

If you configure UPnP port mapping to allow CIFS access from the WAN but cannot get it to work, you may also have to configure the Internet gateway to also allow NetBIOS traffic. See Section 6.3 on page 141 for more on CIFS.

FTP

File Transfer Protocol is a standard file transfer service used on the Internet. Using UPnP port mapping for FTP allows remote users to use FTP from the Internet to access the NSA's shares. A user with read and write access to a share can copy files from the share, delete files from the share, or upload files to the share. See Section 9.4 on page 177 for more on FTP. If you use UPnP to allow FTP access from the WAN, you may want to use a different WAN port number (instead of the default of port 21) to make it more secure. Remember to tell the remote users to use the custom port number when using FTP to access the NSA.

HTTP (Web Configurator)

You can use UPnP port mapping to allow access to the NSA's management screens. If you use UPnP to allow web configurator access from the WAN, you may want to use a different WAN port number (instead of the default of port 80) to make it more secure. Remember to use the custom port number when accessing the NSA's web configurator from the Internet.

HTTP (Web Published Shares)

This is the NSA's web publishing feature that lets people access files using a web browser without having to log into the Home screens. Use UPnP port mapping to allow access to these files from the Internet without having to enter a user name or password. See Section 9.8 on page 193 for more on web publishing.

8.5.4 Configuring UPnP Port Mapping

Click Network > UPnP > Port Mapping to display the UPnP Port Mapping screen.

Use this screen to set how the Internet gateway's UPnP feature configure's the Internet gateway's NAT IP address mapping and port mapping settings. These settings allow Internet users connected to the Internet gateway's WAN interface to access services on the NSA. You can set which port Internet users need to use to access a specific service on the NSA.

Note: Some Internet gateways will delete all UPnP mappings after reboot. So if the Internet gateway reboots, you may need to use this screen again to re-apply the UPnP port mapping.

Figure 68 Network > UPnP > Port Mapping

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 32 Network > UPnP > Port Mapping

LABEL DESCRIPTION
LAN	Use these fields to specify what port the Internet gateway uses to connect from its LAN port to the service on the NSA.
Service Name	This read-only field identifies a service on the NSA.
LAN Port	Specify the port number (1~65,536) the Internet gateway needs to use to connect from its LAN port to the service on the NSA. This is the NSA's internal port number for the service. Changing a service's port number in this screen also changes it in other NSA screens that display it. Similarly, changing a service's port number in another NSA screen also changes it here.
	The number below this icon is your Internet gateway's WAN IP address (the IP address your Internet gateway uses for connecting to the Internet).
WAN	Use these fields to specify what port Internet users must use to connect to the Internet gateway's WAN port in order to connect to the service on the NSA.
Service Name	This read-only field identifies a service on the NSA.
Enable WAN Access	Select this check box to have UPnP configure your Internet gateway to allow access from the Internet to the NSA's service.If you clear this check box, people will not be able to access the NSA's service from the Internet unless you manually configure the Internet gateway's firewall and NAT rules to allow access.
WAN Port	When you enable WAN access for one of the NSA's services, specify the port number (1~65,536) Internet uses need to use to connect to the Internet gateway's WAN port in order to access the service on the NSA. Whoever wants to access a service on the NSA from the Internet must use this port number.P2P download's WAN port must be the same as the LAN port.Make sure there is not another service using TCP protocol with the same port number.If another device is using the same port (the Internet gateway has the same port number mapped to another LAN IP address), the NSA overwrites it when you apply the setting and WAN users can no longer access the other device.
	This icon means the service's LAN and WAN port numbers must be the same.
	This icon means another service is using the same port number as this service. Change the port number of one of the services so they use different port numbers.
	This icon means another service is using the listed port, but the port the other service is using will be replaced if you apply the setting. The other service will no longer be accessible from the listed port.
Apply	Click Apply to save your changes back to the NSA.
Reset	Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.

8.6 The PPPoE Screen

Use this screen to configure PPPoE settings for a direct Internet connection.

Click Network > PPPoE in the navigation panel to open the following screen.

Figure 69 Network > PPPoE

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 33 Network > PPPoE

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status
Status This field displays the status of PPPoE connection.
IP Address	This field displays the IP address of your PPPoE connection.
IP Subnet Mask This field displays the IP subnet mask of your PPPoE connection.
Configuration
Enable PPPoE Connection	Select this option to establish a direct Internet connection for the NSA. You need to enter the username and password as given by your ISP.
Username Enter	the username exactly as your ISP assigned. If assigned a name in the form user@domain where domain identifies a service name, then enter both components exactly as given.
Password Enter	the password associated with the username above.
Password (Confirm)	Retype the password for confirmation.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings.

8.7 Telnet Screen

Use this screen to enable or disable Telnet access to the NSA. Telnet is available in the NSA310S, NSA325, and NSA325 v2.

Telnet access lets you use line commands to configure the NSA. Use these commands at your own risk. The vendor takes no responsibility for any changes you make using the commands.

Click Network > Telnet in the navigation panel to open the following screen.

Figure 70 Network > Telnet

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 34 Network > Telnet

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Telnet Service	Select this to enable Telnet access to the NSA. Clear it to not allow Telnet access to the NSA.To use Telnet, log in as “admin” or “root” and use the admin password.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings.

9.1 Overview

This chapter discusses the features in the Application screens. The NSA contains various applications for file sharing and downloading.

9.2 What You Can Do

• Use the FTP Server screen (Section 9.4 on page 177) to configure settings for FTP file transfers to/from the NSA.
• Use the Media Server screens (Section 9.5 on page 178) to share files with media clients.
• Use the iTunes Server screens (Section 9.6 on page 180) to share files with iTunes users on your network.
• Use the Download Service screen (Section 9.7 on page 181) to download files from the Internet.
• Use the Web Publishing screen (Section 9.8 on page 193) to publish shares for people to access files using a web browser.
• Use the Broadcatching screen (Section 9.9 on page 194) to download frequently updated digital content like TV programs, radio talk shows, Podcasts (audio files), and blogs.
• Use the Print Server screen (Section 9.10 on page 200) to share a printer.
• Use the Copy/ Sync Button screen (Section 9.11 on page 202) to transfer files between a USB device and the NSA.
• Use the Auto Upload screens (Chapter 11 on page 265) to upload files in selected shares to your Flickr and/or YouTube accounts.

9.3 What You Need to Know

FTP

File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a file transfer service that operates on the Internet. A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client. FTP is not a secure protocol. Your file transfers could be subject to snooping.

FTPES (File Transfer Protocol over Explicit TLS/SSL)

File Transfer Protocol over Explicit TLS/SSL (FTPES) is a file transfer service that uses either TLS (Transport Layer Security) or SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) for secure transfers across the Internet.

It requests for a mutual method of encryption from the FTP server for its file transfer sessions. Your FTP client must be set to use FTPES as in the following example.

Figure 71 FTP Client Example

Media Server

The media server feature lets anyone on your network play video, music, and photos from the NSA (without having to copy them to another computer). The NSA can function as a DLNA-compliant media server and/or an iTunes server. The NSA streams files to DLNA-compliant media clients or computers using iTunes. The Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) is a group of personal computer and electronics companies that works to make products compatible in a home network.

iTunes Server

The NSA iTunes server feature lets you use Apple's iTunes software on a computer to play music and video files stored on the NSA. You can download iTunes from www.apple.com.

Download Service

The NSA's download service downloads files from the Internet directly to the NSA. You do not have to download to your computer and then copy to the NSA. This can free up your computer's system resources.

The NSA can download using these protocols.

• HTTP: The standard protocol for web pages.
• FTP: A standard Internet file transfer service.
• P2P download: Peer-to-peer files sharing protocol.

Web Publishing

Web publishing lets you "publish" shares (containing folders and files) on the NSA so people can access the files using a web browser without having to log into the Home screens. This way you can share files with others without them having to know and enter a username and password.

For example, if you want to share photos in a FamilyPhotos share, you could "web publish" it and others could use a web browser to access the photos at http://my-NSA's-IP-Address/MyWeb/FamilyPhotos.

Broadcatching

Broadcasting is the downloading of digital content from Internet feeds. Use broadcasting to have the NSA download frequently updated digital content like TV programs, radio shows, podcasts (audio files), and blogs.

RSS

RSS (Really Simple Syndication) is a format for delivering frequently updated digital content. A channel uses a feed to deliver its contents (items). Subscribe the NSA to a feed to be able to download the contents.

9.4 FTP Server

Use FTP or FTPES (FTP over Explicit TTL/SSL) to upload files to the NSA and download files from the NSA. Click Applications > FTP to open the following screen.

Figure 72 Applications > FTP

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 35 Applications > FTP

LABEL DESCRIPTION
FTP
Enable FTP You can use FTP to send files to the NSA or get files from the NSA. Select this check box to allow users to connect to the NSA via FTP; otherwise clear the check box.
Connection Limit	Enter the maximum number of concurrent FTP connections allowed on the NSA in this field. See your screen for your model's connection limit.
Idle Timeout	Enter the length of time that an FTP connection can be idle before timing out. The timeout limit is 300 minutes.
Port Number This	is the port number used by the NSA for FTP traffic.
Enable Anonymous FTP Access	Select this check box to allow any user to log into the NSA using 'FTP' or 'anonymous' as a username and no password. Any other name is considered a username, so must be valid and have a corresponding correct password.
Customize the port range for data transfer	Select this check box to assign a port range for FTP clients to use when downloading files from the NSA using passive mode.The connection limit is restricted to half of the port numbers within the range if this value is smaller than the one configured in theConnection Limitfield. For example, you specified a port range from 1024 to 1029 and configured 10 in theConnection Limitfield. The FTP connection limit will only be 3 (6 ports in the range divided by 2) because it is the smaller value.
Starting Port Enter	the first port number in the range. Choose from 1024 to 65535.
Ending Port Enter	the last port number in the range. Choose from 1024 to 65535.
Download/Upload Rate For All Users (include admin)	Select this if you want to limit the download/upload bandwidth for all users who are logged into the NSA, including the administrator.Max. Download Rate - Enter the download speed (in kilobytes/s) that the NSA allows for users who are logged into the NSA.Max. Upload Rate - Enter the upload speed (in kilobytes/s) that the NSA allows for users who are logged into the NSA.
Download/Upload Rate For Anonymous Users	Select this if you want to limit the download/upload bandwidth for users who log into the NSA using 'FTP' or 'anonymous' as a username and no password.Max. Download Rate - Enter the download speed (in kilobytes/s) that the NSA allows for users who are logged into the NSA.Max. Upload Rate - Enter the upload speed (in kilobytes/s) that the NSA allows for users who are logged into the NSA.
Character Set	The NSA uses UTF-8 (8-bit UCS/Unicode Transformation Format) format for FTP by default. If the NSA's folders, or file names do not display correctly in your FTP client, select the appropriate language encoding here.This setting applies to all FTP client connections to the NSA. It does not affect your Windows/CIFS connections (it will not correct the character display in Windows Explorer).
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

9.5 The Media Server Screens

The media server application allows you to share media files with media clients.

Click Applications > Media Server to open the following screen. Use this screen to view the media server's status and rebuild the media server database.

Figure 73 Applications > Media Server > Media Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 36 Applications > Media Server > Media Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Twonky Media Server	Select this to have the NSA share the media files in the shares selected in the Share Publish tab. Clear it to stop the NSA from sharing media files through the Home screens or media players.Click the hyper link to open the Twonky media server configuration screens to check media server status or modify media server settings. See the help center in the Twonky screens for details.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

9.5.1 The Media Server Share Publish Screen

Click Applications > Media Server > Share Publish to open the following screen. Use this screen to select shares to publish (share with media clients like a media player or iTunes).

Figure 74 Applications > Media Server > Share Publish

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 37 Applications > Media Server > Share Publish

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Publish	Select this to have the media server share a share's media files with media clients.
Share Name This column lists names of shares on the NSA.
Publish Music Tracks Select this to give media clients access to the share's music files.

Table 37 Applications > Media Server > Share Publish

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Publish Photos Select	this to give media clients access to the share's photo files.
Publish Videos Select	this to give media clients access to the share's video files.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

9.5.2 The Media Server SqueezeCenter Screen

SqueezeCenter enables you to manage a Logitech's Squeezebox device connected to the NSA.

Click Applications > Media Server > SqueezeCenter to open the following screen. This screen is available when the SqueezeCenter application is installed using Package Management (see Section 6.5 on page 143). Use this screen to turn the SqueezeCenter application on or off.

Figure 75 Applications > Media Server > SqueezeCenter

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 38 Applications > Media Server > SqueezeCenter

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable SqueezeCenter	Check this to enable SqueezeCenter.Click the hyper link to open the Logitech media server screens where you can play files and change settings See the help center in the Logitech media server screens for details.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

9.6 The iTunes Server Screen

Click Applications > iTunes Server to open the following screen. Use this screen to turn the iTunes server on or off.

Figure 76 Applications > iTunes Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 39 Applications > iTunes Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable iTunes Server	Check this to let anyone on your network use iTunes to play music files in the published shares.
Apply Click this	to save your changes.
Reset Click this	to restore your previously saved settings.

9.7 The Download Service Screen

The Download Service screen allows you to download files from the Internet.

Click Applications > Download Service to open the following screen. Use this screen to manage the NSA's file downloads.

Note: By default, the NSA saves downloads in the admin share's download folder.

Figure 77 Applications > Download Service

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 40 Applications > Download Service

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Download Service	Use this option (and click theApplybutton) to turn the download service off or on. If you turn off the service, all downloads are paused. Files currently downloading are queued.Turning on the download service resumes downloads (or restarts them if they are not able to resume).
Enable Download Notify	Use this option (and click theApplybutton) to turn the download service notification off or on. SeeSection 9.12.4 on page 205for more details about this feature.
	At the time of writing, the NSA supports RSS 2.0 feeds.Click this to get and subscribe to the NSA channel feed. This enables you to keep track and download the NSA's new contents (items).
Add After you find	a file to download, copy the file's URL. Then log into the NSA web configurator and go to theApplications > Download Serverscreen and click this button. A screen opens where you create a new download task. You can paste the file's URL or use a P2P download file.
Preferences	Click this to open a screen where you can set the default location for saving downloads and configure your P2P download settings.
Refresh Click this to update the information displayed on the screen.
Select Files	A single P2P download torrent file is often for multiple files. If you do not need all of the files the torrent file specifies, click this to select which files to download.
Delete To delete download tasks (or manually clear out completed download tasks), select a download task and click this to remove it from the list. A pop-up screen asks you to confirm. Click Apply to delete or Cancel to quit. When you delete a download task, you are given the option to delete the associated files. Selecting this option deletes a downloaded file and in the case of a P2P download task, also deletes the related .torrent file.Use your keyboard's [SHIFT] key to select a range of download tasks. Use the [CTRL] key and click individual download tasks to select multiple individual download tasks.
Pause	Select a downloading item and click this to temporarily stop the download. Paused downloads appear in the Download Service screen's Inactive tab.Use your keyboard's [SHIFT] key to select a range of download tasks. Use the [CTRL] key and click individual download tasks to select multiple individual download tasks.
Resume	Select a paused item and click this to continue downloading the file.Select a completed item and click this to re-seed a P2P file or download a file again. If you want to re-seed a P2P task, keep the P2P file and the completed file in their original locations.
Task Info	Select an item on the list and click this to display information about the download task.See Section 9.7.6 on page 192 for more details.
The table lists your downloads. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Active Click this to see the list of files the NSA is currently downloading or sharing with other P2P users. The NSA handles a maximum of 10 active tasks at a time (or fewer depending on how much of the NSA's system memory is available). If you add more, they appear in the Inactive tab.P2P downloads may appear in the Inactive tab for a while before showing in the Downloading tab. The NSA automatically moves completed tasks to the Completed tab.
Inactive	Click this to see the list of files that are queued (waiting in line) for the NSA to download or the downloads that have been manually paused.
Completed Click this to see the list of files that the NSA has finished downloading.The Location column shows where a downloaded file is saved on the NSA. Click on the location link to open the share browser and access the file.
Error Click this to see the list of files that the NSA was not able to download. The NSA automatically retries unsuccessful download attempts. The download displays in the error tab when the re-attempts are also unsuccessful and the NSA stops trying to download the file. To try the download again, use the Add button to create a new download task.
Status The following icons show the download's status.☑:Completed ☑:Seeding ☑:Downloading☐:Queued ☑:Paused ☑:Error ☑:Missing File☒:Start downloading ☑:Delete ItemCompleted: The NSA has downloaded the whole file.Seeding: The download is finished and the NSA is allowing other P2P users to download it.Downloading: The NSA is getting the file.Queued: The download is waiting in line for the NSA to download it.Pause: The download has been manually stopped. Select it and clickResumeto continue it.Error: The NSA was not able to complete the download. Select it and clickResumeto reattempt the download.
Name	This identifies the download file. A “...” indicates an abbreviated name. Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name.
Complete(%)	This is the percentage of the file that the NSA has downloaded.
Location	This appears in theCompletedtab.It displays the path for where the file is saved. Click on the location link to open the share browser and access the file.
Seeds	Seeds apply to P2P downloads. This is the number of computers that are sharing the complete file that you are downloading.This value is in the format “Leeches(Seeds)” where Leeches refer to peers that do not have a complete copy of the file yet and are still downloading; Seeds refer to peers that have the complete file.
Peers Peers apply to P2P downloads. This is the number of other computers that are also downloading (and sharing) the file you are downloading.This value is in the format “ConnectedPeers(AllPeers)[Health]” where Connected Peers is the number of computers to which the NSA is connected in order to download the file; AllPeers refer to the total number of computers to which the NSA can connect in order to download the file; Health indicates the availability of the file.
DownloadSpeed	This is how fast the NSA is getting the file.It is normal for a P2P download to start out with a slow download speed since it has to set up numerous connections. The speed should increase as the download progresses and decrease near the end of the download.
Upload Speed	This is how fast the NSA is sending the file to other P2P users.
Time Left	This is how much longer (in hours, minutes, and seconds) it should take to finish the download at the current download speed.
Priority	This is the download’s priority on the NSA. You can set a currently downloading or queued download to high or automatic priority. You can set a download to high priority to have the NSA try to download it before the other files. However the actual download speed depends more on factors like the speed of you Internet connection, the speed of the download source’s Internet connection, how many others are trying to download at the same time, the peers and seeds available and general network conditions.
Error Code	This appears in theErrortab.This shows the tag for the error that occurred.
ErrorMessage	This appears in theErrortab.This message states what went wrong with the download.

9.7.1 Adding a Download Task

Click Applications > Download Service > Add to open the following screen. Use this screen to specify a file for the NSA to download. Section 4.10 on page 80 provides a tutorial on adding a download task.

Figure 78 Applications > Download Service > Add

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 41 Applications > Download Service > Add

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Source
URL Paste the URL or magnet link of the file you want to download into this field. The URL can be for an HTTP, FTP, or P2P download. A magnet link is for a P2P download.For a P2P download using a magnet link the NSA automatically downloads the file related to the magnet link.For a P2P download using a .torrent file, you can copy and paste the URL of the .torrent file. The NSA will automatically download the .torrent file and use it. You do not have to manually download the .torrent file or save it to your computer.Note: Make sure the link opens either the file you want or a pop-up window about how to handle the file.It is also OK for the link to open a .torrent file. If you are redirected to a screen that says the download should start in a few seconds, there may be a link to click if the download does not start automatically. See if that link opens the file or the pop-up window.
Torrent File	A “torrent” file has information the NSA uses to do a P2P download. A torrent file uses a .torrent extension. If you already have a torrent file saved on your computer, select the Torrent File option and specify its path or click Browse and look for its location.

Table 41 Applications > Download Service > Add

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).The Share column shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.The Path column points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.P2P download jobs are stored in */incoming (where “*” is a folder that you have set.)HTTP/FTP jobs are stored in /* (where “*” is a folder that you have set.)All jobs triggered by RSS channels create the subfolder in /* using the channel name where it store all files downloaded from that channel (where “*” is a folder that you have set.)
Edit	Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder location where you “Put incomplete downloads in” and “Move complete downloads to”:Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or click Browse to open the following screen and navigate to the file’s location.Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name - Enter a new folder name and click 📋 to create it.Type - This identifies the item as a folder or file.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don’t select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in the Path field. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.7.2 Configuring General Download Settings

Click Applications > Download Service > Preferences to open the following screen. Use this screen to set the default location for saving downloads and configure the download period.

Figure 79 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > General Settings

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 42 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > General Settings

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).The Share column shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.The Path column points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.P2P download jobs are stored in */incoming (where **' is a folder that you have set.)HTTP/FTP jobs are stored in */ (where **' is a folder that you have set.)All jobs triggered by RSS channels create the subfolder in */ using the channel name where it store all files downloaded from that channel (where **' is a folder that you have set.)
Edit Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder location where you "Put incomplete downloads in" and "Move complete downloads to".Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or click Browse to open the following screen and navigate to the file's location.
	Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name - Enter a new folder name and click 📄 to create it.Type - This identifies the item as a file or folder.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in the Path field. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Download Period Control	This feature sets the NSA to download files only within a specified time period.
Enable Download Period Control	Use the check box to turn the download period control on or off.

Table 42 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > General Settings

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Download Service is active in the time period (hh:mm - hh:mm)	Specify the time period for the NSA to download files.Note: If you also configured the Power On/Off Schedule feature in the Power Management screen, make sure your active download period does not conflict with the power-off period.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.7.3 Configuring the P2P Download Settings

Click Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure P2P download settings.

Figure 80 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 43 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Port Number	Assign a port number for P2P downloads. You can select a number from 2 to 65536. It is recommended to use a port number greater than 1025.
DHT	Select Enable or Disable to use Distributed Hash Table (DHT) or not.Note: When you use DHT, the NSA will also attempt to open a UDP port one number smaller than the P2P download port number. So if the P2P download port number is 9090, the NSA uses UDP port 9089.
Max. download rate	You may need to limit the bandwidth the NSA uses for P2P downloads if your network's other Internet applications are not getting enough downstream bandwidth. 0 has the NSA impose no restriction.
Max. upload rate You	may need to limit the bandwidth the NSA uses to share files through P2P download if your network's other Internet applications are not getting enough upstream bandwidth. 0 has the NSA impose no restriction.If you do not allow any uploads, (for example, you set a limit of 1 KB/s) you will not have a good standing in the P2P download community.Note: The settings for maximum download/upload rates would not affect peers accessing the NSA from the same LAN.
Maximum Number of Active Torrents	Specify how many simultaneous P2P downloads are allowed on the NSA. You can enter a number from 1 to 10.
Maximum Number of Seeding Jobs	Specify how many simultaneous seeds are allowed on the NSA. Enter a number from 1 to 10. This value cannot exceed the one you configured in the Maximum Number of Active Torrents field.
Maximum Number of Active Connections	Specify how many active connections are allowed on the NSA. Enter a number from 1 to 500. This specifies the number of computers that can connect to the NSA to download files being shared by the NSA.
Keep Sharing While	With P2P download, the NSA starts sharing a file while you are downloading it. Set how long to continue sharing a file after the NSA finishes the download.Select Upload/ Download Ratio to keep sharing a file until the NSA has uploaded a specific percent compared to the download.Select Seeding Time to keep sharing a file for a specific number of minutes after the download finishes.Continuing to share a file helps other P2P download users finish downloading it. Sharing out at least as much as you download helps keep you in good standing in the P2P download community.Enter -1 to share a file indefinitely. Leave both check boxes blank to have the NSA stop sharing the file as soon as the download finishes.If you select both options, the NSA keeps sharing a file until both conditions exceed the values you configure. For example, you entered 150% in the Upload/ Download Ratio field and 120 minutes in the Seeding Time field. The NSA keeps sharing a file until it has shared 1.5 times the size of the file and has passed 120 minutes.
Email notifications	Select whether or not to send emails to the email address configured for emailing log reports (see Section 17.4.2 on page 311) when the NSA starts downloading the file, seeding the file, and/or finishes downloading the file.
Edit IP Filter Click this	to enable or disable IP filtering for P2P downloads.Refer to Section 9.7.4 on page 190 for information about the fields in this screen.
Apply Click this to save your changes.

Table 43 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.7.4 Edit IP Filter

Use this screen to enable or disable IP filtering for P2P downloads. IP filtering blocks IP addresses known to share fake files. You can either get an IP filter table from a website or use your own table.

Click Edit IP Filter in the Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download screen.

Figure 81 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download > Edit IP Filter

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 44 Applications > Download Service > Preferences > P2P download > Edit IP Filter

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable IP Filter	Click this to enable or disable IP filtering for P2P downloads.
Update IP Filter Table File from the Internet Every Week	Select this option and enter a URL to use an online IP filter table. You can find an online IP filter table in websites such as http://www.bluetack.co.uk/config/level1.gz.When you change the URL of the online IP filter table, the NSA also performs an update after you clickApply.
Upload IP Filter Table	Select this option to upload your own IP filter table. Use theBrowsebutton to locate the file and clickUploadto save it on the NSA.The NSA supports .txt, .dat, .gz, .tgz, and .tar.gz file extensions. The NSA saves the IP filter table as /admin/ download/ ipfilter.dat.
Download Current IP Filter Table	Click this to save a copy of the IP filter table on your computer.
Apply	ClickApplyto update the IP filter table from the specified URL.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.7.5 Selecting Files to Download

Select an item in the Applications > Download Service screen's list and click Select Files to open the following screen. Use this screen to select which of the torrent's files to download. Section 4.10 on page 80 provides a tutorial on adding a download task.

Figure 82 Applications > Download Service > Select Files

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 45 Applications > Download Service > Select Files

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Select Files
File Name	This is the name of a file specified in the torrent file. Select the check boxes of the files you want to download.
Size This is the size of the file to be downloaded.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.7.6 Displaying the Task Information

Select an item on the list and click Task Info. Use this screen to check detailed information about the task.

Figure 83 Applications > Download Service > Task Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 46 Applications > Download Service > Task Info

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status This is the current status of the task.
Name This is the name of the task.
Size This is the size of the file to be downloaded.
Uploaded/Downloaded Ratio	This is the ratio of total uploaded data to downloaded data.
Complete(%) This field displays how much has been downloaded to the NSA.
Seeds This is the number of computers that are sharing the complete file that you are downloading.
Peers	This is the number of other computers that are also downloading (and sharing) the file you are downloading.
Download Speed This field displays how fast the NSA downloads the file.
Upload Speed This field displays how fast the NSA uploads the file.
Health This field displays how many full copies of the file are available for this task. The NSA can download a file with a higher health value more efficiently. If the health value is less than 1 (0.65 for example), there is no full copy of the file, and the NSA may not be able to complete downloading the file.
Time Left This is the time remaining to complete the task.

Table 46 Applications > Download Service > Task Info

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Priority Use this field	to set the priority for downloading the task.Select Auto to have the NSA automatically determine the task's priority.Select High to have the NSA download this file before the other files.
Comment	Enter a description for this task. Click Apply to save the description.
Start Time This field	displays when the NSA started to download files.
Completed on	This field displays when the file was successfully downloaded to the NSA.
Info-Hash This information is used to verify the torrent file.
Tracker	This field displays the tracker that NSA is currently connected to. A tracker is a server used for finding peers sharing the file.
Close Click this to close the screen.

9.8 The Web Publishing Screen

Use this screen to turn web publishing on or off and select shares to publish. Click Applications > Web Publishing to open the following screen.

Figure 84 Applications > Web Publishing

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 47 Applications > Web Publishing

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Web Publishing
Disable / Enable Web Publishing	Turn on web publishing to let people access files in the published shares using a web browser, without having to log into the Home screens.
Support HTTPS	Select this to allow users to use web browser security for connections to the web-published shares. In order to use secured connections users must use “https://” in the NSA’s web address and install the NSA’s public key certificate.

Table 47 Applications > Web Publishing

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Port Number	Specify a port number for accessing the published share websites hosted on the NSA. If you enter a number other than 80, make sure you include it when telling others how to access the web-published share. For example, say you specified port 8080, the NSA's IP address is 192.168.1.23, and the name of the web-published share is FamilyPhotos. You would have to enter "http://192.168.1.23:8080/MyWeb/FamilyPhotos/" in your browser's address bar to access the share's web page.
Unpublished Shares	This list box displays the shares that the NSA does not publish for web browser access.
Publish Selected Share(s)	Select shares in the Unpublished Shares box and click this to let people access files in the published shares using a web browser, without logging into the Home screens. Use the [SHIFT] key to select a range of entries. Hold down the [CTRL] key to select multiple individual entries.
Published Shares	This list box displays the shares people can access using a web browser, without logging into the Home screens.
Unpublish Selected Share(s)	Select shares in the Published Shares box and click this to not let people access using a web browser without logging into the Home screens. Use the [SHIFT] key to select a range of entries. Hold down the [CTRL] key to select multiple individual entries.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

Note: If you installed php-MySQL-phpMyAdmin through the Package Management screen (Section 6.5 on page 143) and enable it, you can use PHP and MySQL in your published web page.

9.9 The Broadcatching Screen

This screen displays the NSA's subscribed channels and the associated contents.

• The NSA saves a channel's downloaded items in a folder named after the channel.
• The NSA creates the channel folders in the same destination as the download service. See Section 9.7.2 on page 186 to change the destination for saving downloads.
• The NSA's media server feature makes it easy for users on your network to play the broadcatching files you download. See Section 9.12.1 on page 203 for more on the media server.
• If you add a channel that contains a torrent file, the NSA downloads the torrent file (.torrent) and transfers it to Download Service (Section 9.7 on page 181) and start the P2P download task accordingly.

Click Applications > Broadcasting to open the following screen.

Figure 85 Applications > Broadcasting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 48 Applications > Broadcasting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add Channel	When you find a channel to subscribe to, copy the URL of the channel's feed and click this button. A screen opens for you to subscribe to the feed. When you are done, the feed's channel and contents display in the Applications > Broadcasting screen.
Delete Channel	Select a channel and click Delete Channel to remove the channel from the NSA. Any of the channel's items that you have already downloaded stay in the channel's folder (in the admin share's download folder).
Refresh Channel	Select a channel and click Refresh Channel to check for new files.
Edit Channel	Select a channel and click Edit Channel to open a screen where you can set the channel's download and delete policies.
	The table lists channels and their files. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Channel Name	This identifies the channel. A channel displays in red if there was an error the last time the NSA attempted to connect to it. When this happens, you can select the channel and click Refresh Channel to have the NSA reattempt to connect to it. Select a channel to see its available files. A “...” indicates an abbreviated name. Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name.

Table 48 Applications > Broadcasting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Item Name These are the downloadable files. The following icons show the file's status in the NSA.☑:Completed ☑:Seeding ☑:Downloading☐:Queued ☑:Paused ☑:Error ☑:Missing File☐:Start downloading ☑:Delete ItemCompleted:The NSA has downloaded the whole file. Double-click the item to go to the Download Service screen where you can see the file's name and location.Seeding:The NSA downloaded the complete file and NSA is sharing it with other P2P download users. Double-click the item to go to theDownload Servicescreen.Downloading:The NSA is downloading the file. Double-click the item to go to the Download Service screen.Queued:The file is waiting in line for the NSA to download it. Double-click the item to go to theDownload Servicescreen.Pause:The download has been manually stopped. Double-click the item to go to the Download Service screen.Missing File:The NSA could not find the file.Error:The NSA automatically retries unsuccessful download attempts. The status displays as error when the re-attempts are also unsuccessful and the NSA stops trying to download the file. To try the download again, use theAddbutton to create a new task.Note:A ... indicates an abbreviated file name. Hold your cursor over the name to display the full name.
Published Date This is when the file was made available for download.
Description This is the publishers introduction for the file.
Actions	Start Downloading:Click this to add the file to the NSA's download queue or check the file's status in the NSA's download service.Click theDeleteicon to remove the file from the channel's list.

9.9.1 Adding a Broadcatching Channel

At the time of writing, the NSA supports RSS 2.0 feeds. Websites with a feed usually display a feed icon (shown next). Copy and paste the feed's URL into the Applications > Broadcasting > Add Channel screen and you can download new files as they are added.

Figure 86 Feed Icon

A channel uses a feed to deliver its contents (items). Subscribe the NSA to a feed to be able to download the contents.

Click Applications > Broadcatching > Add Channel to open the following screen. Use the Add Channel screen to subscribe the NSA to a channel's feed so you can view the channel. You also

select policies for downloading and deleting the channel's items. Section 4.11 on page 95 provides a tutorial on adding a broadcatching channel.

Figure 87 Applications > Broadcasting > Add Channel

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 49 Applications > Broadcasting > Add Channel

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Subscribe to Channel Feed	Paste (or type) the URL of the feed for the channel to which you want to subscribe into this field. This is read-only in the Preferences screen.Note: Make sure the link goes to the actual RSS feed instead of to another list of links or information about the channel.One way to test this is by clicking the link. Clicking an actual RSS feed link opens a screen of XML code (in browsers without an RSS feed aggregator) or a window where you can add the RSS feed (in browsers with an RSS feed aggregator).
Download Policy Set which of the channel's items the NSA downloads.Download All Items: Download every file in the feed.Download Only New Items: Download new files from today on.Manually Choose Items for Download: Only download individual files you select later in the Broadcatching screen.
Delete Policy Set how the NSA handles deleting the items downloaded from the channel.Manual: Only delete individual files you select later in the Broadcatching screen.Keep last N of items: Select this to set the NSA to only keep a number of the channel's most recent files. When this number has been reached, if the NSA downloads another file from the channel, it deletes the oldest file from the NSA.

Table 49 Applications > Broadcasting > Add Channel

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).The Share column shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.The Path column points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.P2P download jobs are stored in */incoming (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)HTTP/FTP jobs are stored in /* (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)All jobs triggered by RSS channels create the subfolder in /* using the channel name where it store all files downloaded from that channel (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)
Edit	Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder location where you “Put incomplete downloads in” and “Move complete downloads to”:Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or click Browse to open the following screen and navigate to the file’s location.Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name - Enter a new folder name and click 📄 to create it.Type - This identifies the item as a file or folder.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don’t select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in the Path field. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.9.2 Editing a Broadcatching Channel

Click Applications > Broadcasting, then select a channel and click Edit Channel to open a similar Edit screen. Use the Edit Channel screen to change the download or delete policies.

Figure 88 Applications > Broadcasting > Edit Channel

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 50 Applications > Broadcasting > Edit Channel

LABEL DESCRIPTION

Channel Name This is the name of the feed for the channel to which you want to subscribe into this field.This is read-only.

URL This is the address of the channel.

Download Policy Set which of the channel's items the NSA downloads.Download All Items: Download every file in the feed.Download Only New Items: Download new files from today on.Manually Choose Items for Download: Only download individual files you select later in the Broadcasting screen.

Delete Policy Set how the NSA handles deleting the items downloaded from the channel.Manual: Only delete individual files you select later in the Broadcasting screen.Keep last N of items: Select this to set the NSA to only keep a number of the channel's most recent files. When this number has been reached, if the NSA downloads another file from the channel, it deletes the oldest file from the NSA.

Table 50 Applications > Broadcasting > Edit Channel

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).TheSharecolumn shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.ThePathcolumn points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.P2P download jobs are stored in /*/incoming (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)HTTP/FTP jobs are stored in /* (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)All jobs triggered by RSS channels create the subfolder in /* using the channel name where it store all files downloaded from that channel (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)
Edit	Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder location where you "Put incomplete downloads in" and "Move complete downloads to":Share- Select the share from the list.Path-Type the folder location in the share directly or clickBrowseto open the following screen and navigate to the file's location.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name- Enter a new folder name and click 📋 to create it.Type- This identifies the item as a file or folder.Name- This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.10 The Print Server Screen

Use the Print Server screen to view and manage the NSA's list of printers and print jobs.

Click Applications > Print Server to open the following screen.

Figure 89 Applications > Print Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 51 Applications > Print Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Click	this to update the list of printers and print jobs.
	The table lists printers and their queued print jobs. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Status	This fields shows whether the printer is connected and turned on (on-line) or not (off-line).
Name	This identifies the printer. Each printer connected to the NSA must use a unique name.
Actions	Rename: Click this to change the name the NSA uses for the printer.Cancel Job: Click this to remove all print jobs from the NSA queue for a particular printer. However, since the NSA sends print jobs to the printer as soon as it can, this button may only have an effect if there are very large or many print jobs in the queue. To stop a print job that has already started, you may have to turn off the printer.Delete: Click this to remove a printer from the NSA's printer list. To add the printer back into the list, disconnect the printer from the NSA's USB port and reconnect it. If that does not work, disconnect the USB port and turn off the printer's power. Then reconnect the printer and turn it back on.

9.10.1 Print Server Rename

Click Applications > Print Server and a printer's Rename icon to open the following screen. Use this screen to change the name the NSA uses for the printer.

Figure 90 Applications > Print Server > Rename

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 52 Applications > Print Server > Rename

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name	Type a new name to identify the printer. The name must be unique from all the other names of printers connected to the NSA.
Apply Click	this to save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

9.11 The Copy/Sync Button Screen

The Copy/ Sync button on the front panel allows you to copy or synchronize files between a connected USB device and the NSA.

Click Applications > Copy/ Sync Button to open the following screen.

Figure 91 Applications > Copy/Sync Button

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 53 Applications > Copy/Sync Button

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Copy Settings
NSA Copy Target Select the NSA share to use with the copy function.
USB Volume	If your USB device has multiple partitions, select which partition to use with the copy function.
Copy Direction	Select USB -> NSA to copy files from your USB device to the NSA.Select NSA -> USB to copy files from the NSA to your USB device.
Create a New Folder for Copied Files	Select this option to place the copied files in a new folder.The name of the folder created for the copied files consists of the date and time of the copy in year_month_day_hour_minute_second format.
Backup Files to be Replaced	This option is only available if you do not select Create a New Folder for Copied Files. Select this option to save the files that will be replaced by the source files.
Backup Target Select a share in which to save the backup files.Note: The NSA will not create a new folder to store the backup files. It is recommended to create a specific share (such as “backup”) for backup purposes.
Sync Settings
NSA Sync Target Select the NSA share to use with the synchronization function.

Table 53 Applications > Copy/Sync Button

LABEL DESCRIPTION
USB Volume	If your USB device has multiple partitions, select which partition to use with the synchronization function.
Sync Direction	Select USB -> NSA to synchronize files from your USB device to the NSA.Select NSA -> USB to synchronize files from the NSA to your USB device.Select NSA < -> USB to synchronize files in both directions simultaneously.
Backup Files to be Replaced or Removed	Select this option to save the files that will be replaced by the source files.
Backup Target Select a share in which to save the backup files.Note: The NSA will not create a new folder to store the backup files. It is recommended to create a specific share (such as “backup”) for backup purposes.
Apply Click this to save your changes.The configuration file is saved on the USB device.
Reset	Click this to restore your previously saved settings.

9.12 Technical Reference

This section provides technical background information on the topics discussed in this chapter.

9.12.1 Sharing Media Files on Your Network

The media server feature lets anyone on your network play video, music, and photos from the NSA (without having to copy them to another computer). The NSA can function as a DLNA-compliant media server and/or an iTunes server. The NSA streams files to DLNA-compliant media clients or computers using iTunes. The Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) is a group of personal computer and electronics companies that works to make products compatible in a home network.

• Publish shares to let others play the contained media files.
• The media server is a convenient way to share files you download using the broadcasting service (see Section 9.9 on page 194).
• Hardware-based media players can also play the files. See Section 20.2 on page 346 for the supported multimedia file formats.

Note: Anyone on your network can play the media files in the published shares. No user name and password or other form of security is used. The media server is enabled by default with the video, photo, and music shares published.

Songs from the iTunes Store

After using iTunes on your computer to download songs from Apple's iTunes Store, you can copy them to the NSA. Many of these songs have DRM (Digital Rights Management). At the time of writing, you can use your Apple account ID and password to authorize up to a total of five computers to play the files. To authorize a computer, open iTunes and click Store > Authorize Computer.

A link for the NSA in iTunes under SHARED. Click it to display the NSA's published media files as shown next.

Figure 92 NSA link in iTunes

9.12.2 Download Service

The NSA's download service downloads files from the Internet directly to the NSA. You do not have to download to your computer and then copy to the NSA. This can free up your computer's system resources. The download service also handles your broadcatching downloads. See Section 9.9 on page 194 for information on broadcatching.

The NSA can download using these protocols.

• HTTP: The standard protocol for web pages.
• FTP: A standard Internet file transfer service.
• P2P download: Peer-to-peer files sharing protocol.

Note: Do not use the NSA for illegal purposes. Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties. You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof. ZyXEL bears NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature.

Torrent Files

The NSA needs a “.torrent” file for P2P download to download a file. The torrent file gives the NSA information about the file to be downloaded (and shared) and the tracker(s) (computers) that coordinates the distribution of the file.

When you add a P2P download task in the NSA's web configurator screens, you can copy and paste the URL of the torrent file. The NSA automatically downloads the torrent file and saves it in a torrent folder within the folder where the NSA stores downloaded files (the admin share's download folder by default).

If you already have the torrent file saved on your computer, you can just specify its location when adding a download task through the web configurator. Another method is to use FTP or a CIFS program (Windows Explorer for example) to copy the torrent file into the torrent folder. The NSA automatically uses the torrent file.

After your P2P download and sharing are finished, you can go to the incoming folder within the destination share or folder and delete the .torrent file if you need to free up hard disk space.

9.12.3 Link Capture Browser Plugin

The link capture browser plugin is an add-on feature for your web browser. Use the plugin to directly add a file's URL to the NSA's download service.

Note: The link capture browser plugin is located in the included CD.

The following screen displays how the plugin works.

Figure 93 Link Capture Browser Plugin

Instead of copying and pasting a file's URL to the NSA's download service, you can right-click on the URL in the web browser and select Send to NSA. The URL is then added to the NSA's download service list.

See Section 4.10.2 on page 83 and Section 4.10.3 on page 88 for tutorials about installing and using the link capture browser plugin.

Note: At the time of writing the plugin supports Internet Explorer 6.0/7.0/8.0 and Mozilla Firefox 2.0/3.0.

9.12.4 Download Service Notification

Use the download service notification to keep track of downloaded files on the NSA. You can subscribe to the NSA's download list on your computer. When the NSA finishes downloading new files, your RSS reader displays the information and links for the files. You can also download the files from the RSS reader to your computer.

See Section 4.10.5 on page 92 for a tutorial about using the download service notification.

In the Download Service screen, select Enable Download Notify and click Apply. An RSS feed icon appears. Click the icon to subscribe to the NSA's download list.

Note: The download service notification only keeps track of files downloaded via P2P download.

Figure 94 Download Service Notification

9.12.5 P2P Download Security

When you download using P2P, you reveal your IP address. This increases the risk of hacking attacks, which can be protected against by a good firewall.

Use a Hardware-based Firewall

Place a hardware-based firewall between your network and the Internet (a software-based firewall on your computer would just protect the computer itself, not the NSA since your computer is not between your NSA and the Internet).

Figure 95 Firewall

graph LR
    A["Router"] --> B["Switch"]
    C["Server"] --> A
    D["Stacked Server"] --> A
    E["Internet"] --> F["Malicious Packets"]
    G["Hackers"] --> F
    H["Viruses"] --> F
    I["Red circle with crossed-out arrow"] --> F

Ideally your firewall should have the following:

• Stateful packet inspection to control access between the Internet and your network and protect your NSA (and computers) from hacking attacks.
• IDP (Intrusion Detection and Prevention) to detect malicious packets within normal network traffic and take immediate action against them.

- Anti-virus to check files you download for computer viruses.

P2P Download and Your Firewall

The anti-virus feature on a firewall probably cannot check P2P downloads for viruses, so use anti-virus software on your computer to scan the NSA for viruses.

When you download using P2P download, many other P2P download users are also trying to download the file from you. The firewall slows this down because by default, it only allows traffic from the Internet in response to a request that originated on the LAN (it lets you get files from the Internet and blocks those on the Internet from getting files from you).

Figure 96 Firewall Blocking Incoming P2P Download Requests

graph TD
    A["Incoming BitTorrent requests blocked"] --> B["Router"]
    C["Outgoing BitTorrent request allowed"] --> B
    D["Corresponding BitTorrent reply allowed"] --> B
    B --> E["INTERNET"]
    F["Computer 1"] --> G["Computer"]
    H["Computer 2"] --> I["Computer"]
    J["Computer 3"] --> K["Computer"]
    L["Computer 4"] --> M["Computer"]
    N["Computer 5"] --> O["Computer"]
    P["Computer 6"] --> Q["Computer"]
    R["Computer 7"] --> S["Computer"]
    T["Computer 8"] --> U["Computer"]
    V["Computer 9"] --> W["Computer"]
    X["Computer 10"] --> Y["Computer"]

To speed up P2P download file transfers, configure your firewall's port forwarding to send incoming TCP port 9090 and UDP port 9089 connections to the NSA. You probably need to use your firewall's

HTML (web-based) configuration interface to set this up (see the firewall's manual for details). You may also have to configure a corresponding firewall rule.

Figure 97 Firewall Configured to Allow Incoming P2P Download Requests

graph TD
    A["Computer"] --> B["Switch"]
    C["Computer"] --> B
    D["Server"] --> B
    B --> E["Internet"]
    F["Other traffic blocked"] --> G["Internet"]
    style A fill:#cce5ff,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cce5ff,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#cce5ff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#cce5ff,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccffcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccffcc,stroke:#333
    note right of B: Incoming BitTorrent requests allowed
    note right of E: Other incoming traffic blocked

9.12.6 Web Publishing Example

This example covers how to configure the Web Publishing screen to let people use a web browser to access a share named FamilyPhotos without logging into the Home screens and shows how to access the share through the Internet.

1 Click Applications > Web Publishing and configure the screen as shown (enable the web publishing and move FamilyPhotos over to Published Shares) and click Apply.

Figure 98 Applications > Web Publishing (Example)

2 Now open your web browser and type in the address of the NSA's FamilyPhotos web page. In this example, the NSA's IP address is 192.168.1.33, and the name of the web-published share is FamilyPhotos. So you would enter "http://192.168.1.33/MyWeb/FamilyPhotos/" in your browser's address bar. Then press [ENTER] or click Go. A screen displays listing the share's files.

Figure 99 Browsing to an NSA Share Example

• Click a file's link to open the file.
• Right-click a file's link and select Save Target As.. (in Internet Explorer) to save a copy of the file.
• Click a label in the heading row to sort the files by that criteria.
• To customize how the page looks and works, create an index.html or index.htm file and store it in the share.

9.12.7 Web Publishing

Web publishing lets you "publish" shares (containing folders and files) on the NSA so people can access the files using a web browser without having to log into the Home screens. This way you can share files with others without them having to know and enter a user name and password.

For example, if you want to share photos in a FamilyPhotos share, you could "web publish" it and others could use a web browser to access the photos at http://my-NSA's-IP-Address/MyWeb/FamilyPhotos.

Note: The NSA does not use any security for the files in the published folders. It is not recommended to publish shares if you do not have the NSA behind a good hardware-based firewall. See page 206 for more on firewalls.

Additionally, you can use HTML editing software (not included) to create an index.html or index.htm file to define and customize how your website works and looks.

Accessing Web-published Shares from the Internet

You need to use a public address to access the NSA's web-published shares from the Internet. If your NSA uses a private IP address, you may need to use the public IP address of your Internet gateway and configure NAT or port forwarding on your Internet gateway and possibly firewall rules in order to let people access the NSA's web-published shares from the Internet.

Web Publishing Port Number

If the web-published shares use a port number other than 80 (the normal port for web traffic), users must include it after the NSA's IP address in order to access the NSA's web-published shares. For example, say you specified port 8080, the NSA's IP address is 192.168.1.23, and the name of the web-published share is FamilyPhotos. You would have to enter "http://192.168.1.23:8080/MyWeb/FamilyPhotos/" in your browser's address bar to access the share's web page.

The NSA's web configurator uses port 80. To make the web configurator more secure, you can have the web-published shares use another port number. Then you can configure one set of firewall rules and NAT or port forwarding settings on your Internet gateway specifically for allowing access to the web-published shares and another separate set of rules for accessing the NSA's web configurator.

9.12.8 Channel Guides for Broadcasting

Here are some popular broadcatching channel guide web sites.

Note: ZyXEL does not endorse these web sites and is not responsible for any of their contents. Use these or any other web sites at your own risk and discretion.

• http://www.zencast.com/
• http://www.miroguide.com/
• http://www.vuze.com/
• http://www.mefeedia.com/
• http://www.vodstock.com/
• http://www.mininova.org

In the following example, the Internet gateway's firewall is configured to allow anyone to access the NSA's web-published screens using port 8080. Web configurator access (port 80) however, is only allowed from IP address a.b.c.d.

Figure 100 Web Publishing Port Number Example

graph TD
    A["Server"] --> B["Router"]
    B --> C["Internet"]
    C --> D["Cloud Service"]
    D --> E["e.f.g.h"]
    D --> F["a.b.c.d"]
    G["Data Input"] --> H["Server"]
    H --> I["Router"]
    I --> J["Internet"]
    J --> K["Cloud Service"]
    K --> L["e.f.g.h"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

9.12.9 Printer Sharing

The NSA can act as a print server. A print server lets multiple computers share a printer. Connect a printer to the NSA's USB port to let multiple computers on your network use it. See www.zyxel.com for a list of compatible printers.

Figure 101 Printer Sharing

You can copy files from a USB device to the NSA or from the NSA to a USB device. Simply press and release the COPY/ SYNC button to start copying files. See Section 9.11 on page 202 for details about configuring the copy settings.

The following figure illustrates how copying files works when you copy files from a USB device to the NSA. The same concept applies when you copy files from the NSA to a USB device.

Figure 102 Copying Files Example
Before Copy

Both storage devices contain file A.

• A copy of files A and B from the USB device is transferred to the NSA.
- File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA.

9.12.11 Synchronizing Files

Synchronization makes the contents on the target device identical to the ones on the source device. You can synchronize files from a USB device to the NSA or from the NSA to a USB device. In addition, you may also synchronize files in both directions simultaneously.

Press and hold the COPY/ SYNC button until you hear a beep to synchronize files. See Section 9.11 on page 202 for details about configuring the synchronization settings.

USB -> NSA or USB <- NSA

When you synchronize files in one direction, contents on the source device replace the files on the target device.

The following figure illustrates how synchronization works when you synchronize files from a USB device to the NSA. The same concept applies when you synchronize files from the NSA to a USB device.

Figure 103 Synchronizing Files Example 1
Before Sync

graph LR
    A["USB"] --> B["NSA"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

After Sync

Both storage devices contain A.

• A copy of files A and B from the USB device is transferred to the NSA.
• File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA.
• File C on the NSA is deleted.

USB <-> NSA

When you synchronize files in both directions simultaneously, both storage devices transfer unique files to one another. Files with the same file name are synchronized according to their modification date/time. The difference in modification time between the two files has to be greater than five minutes. More recently modified files overwrite the older ones during synchronization.

The following figure illustrates how synchronization works when you synchronize files in both directions simultaneously.

Figure 104 Synchronizing Files Example 2
Before Sync

graph LR
    A["USB"] --> B["NSA"]
    subgraph USB
        A1["A (new)"]
        B1["B"]
        C1["C"]
    end
    subgraph NSA
        A2["A (new)"]
        B2["B"]
        D2["D"]
    end
    A1 <--> B1
    B1 <--> NSA

After Sync

A on the USB device and B on the NSA are modified more recently.

• File A from the USB device replaces file A on the NSA.
• File B from the NSA replaces file B on the USB device.
• A copy of file C from the USB device is transferred to the NSA.
  • A copy of file D from the NSA is transferred to the USB device.

10.1 Overview

This chapter describes features you can add to the NSA by installing packages. See Section 6.5 on page 143 for how to manage packages.

10.2 What You Can Do

• Use the SMART screens (Section 10.3 on page 215) to view your NSA hard disk(s) statistics and monitor their performance.
• Use the DyDNS screen (Section 10.4 on page 219) to configure the domain name settings of your NSA.
• Use the NFS screen (Section 10.5 on page 220) to configure the Network File System (NFS) settings of your NSA.
• Use the Syslog Server screen (Section 10.6 on page 223) to configure the NSA to accept syslog logs from syslog clients.
• Use the TFTP Server screen (Section 10.7 on page 225) to configure the NSA to accept log files from TFTP clients.
• Use the eMule screens (Section 10.8 on page 226) to configure the server, task and search settings for the eMule application.
• Use theillus screen (Section 10.9 on page 240) to configure the NAS so you can have it manage your downloads including those from one-click hosting sites.
• Use Polkast (Section 10.10 on page 241) for fast, secure, direct access to your NSA from your iPad, iPhone or Android device.
• Use the Protect screens (Section 10.11 on page 245) to configure and schedule the backup and restore jobs of your NSA.

10.3 SMART Screen

Use this screen to view indicators of your NSA's hard disk(s) health.

Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T) detects and reports the reliability of hard disks using standard indicators (called “attributes”), to help you anticipate possible disk failures.

Note: The fields included the screens may vary depending on the hard disk that you use.

Click Storage > S.M.A.R.T to open the following screen.

Figure 105 Storage > S.M.A.R.T

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 54 Storage > S.M.A.R.T

LABEL DESCRIPTION
S.M.A.R.T. Information
Brief Summary	Select a hard disk volume from the list and click this to display information about the volume, such as the hard disk vendor, specific model, hard disk capacity and so on.See Section 10.3.1 on page 216 to view the Brief Summary screen.
Full Summary	Select a volume and click this to display more detailed information about the volume.See Section 10.3.1 on page 216 to view the Full Summary screen.
The table lists your hard disks. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Status	This shows the condition of the hard disk volume. Go to Section 7.4 on page 157 for more information.
Name This shows the	name assigned to the hard disk.
Temperature This shows the temperature of the hard disk in degrees celsius.
Performance	This shows your hard disk's performance. Refer to Section 10.3.2 on page 217 for more information on how S.M.A.R.T determines your hard disk's condition. This displays:Good- This shows when you compare each Value with the Threshold Value and all the Value is greater than the Threshold Value.Bad- This shows when you compare each Value with the Threshold Value and at least one Value is less than or equal to the Threshold Value.
Type	This shows volume type or file system that the hard disk is using, such as JBOD, PC Compatible Volume and RAID or FAT32, FAT16 and NTFS.See Section 7.6.3 on page 161 for descriptions of the volume types.
Volume Name This shows the name of the hard disk volume.
Model Name This shows the factory model of the hard disk.
Capacity This shows the total hard disk space of the hard disk volume.

10.3.1 SMART Brief Summary

Use this screen to display information about the volume, such as the hard disk vendor, specific model, hard disk capacity and so on.

Click Brief Summary in the Storage > S.M.A.R.T screen to display the following.

Figure 106 Storage > S.M.A.R.T: Brief Summary

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 55 Storage > S.M.A.R.T: Brief Summary

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Brief Summary
Temperature This shows the current temperature of the hard disk in degrees celsius.
Health	This describes the overall health of the volume based on S.M.A.R.T diagnostics.
Performance	This shows your hard disk's performance. Refer to Section 10.3.2 on page 217 for more information on how S.M.A.R.T determines your hard disk's condition. This displays:Good- This shows when you compare each Value with the Threshold Value and all the Value is greater than the Threshold Value.Bad- This shows when you compare each Value with the Threshold Value and at least one Value is less than or equal to the Threshold Value.
Detailed Information
Model Family This shows the vendor and product family of the hard disk.
Device Model This shows the factory model of the hard disk.
Serial Number This shows the serial number of the hard disk.
Firmware Version This shows the firmware version installed in the hard disk.
User Capacity This shows the total hard disk space of the hard disk volume.
ATA Version	This shows the ATA version of the hard disk, which refers to an industry standard category for storage devices and connectors used.
ATA Standard	This field displays the Advanced Technology Attachment standard the hard drive supports.
Local Time This field displays the local time that the hard drive is using.
SMART support	This field displays whether or not the hard drive is SMART-capable.
SMART support	This field displays whether or not the hard drive has SMART monitoring turned on.
OK	Click this to close the window.

10.3.2 SMART Full Summary

Use this screen to display more details information about the volume.

Click Full Summary in the Storage > S.M.A.R.T screen to display the following.

Figure 107 Storage > S.M.A.R.T: Full Summary

Full Summary
ID	Attribute_Name	Flag	Value	Worst	Threshold	Type	Undated	When Failed
197	Current_Pending_Sector	0x0012	100	100	000	Old_age	Always	-
195	Hardware_ECC_Recovered	0x001a	063	045	000	Old_age	Always	-
200	Multi_Zone_Error_Rate	0x0000	100	253	000	Old_age	Offline	-
198	Offline_Uncorrectable	0x0010	100	100	000	Old_age	Offline	-
12	Power_Cycle_Count	0x0032	100	100	020	Old_age	Always	-
9	Power_On_Hours	0x0032	097	097	000	Old_age	Always	-
1	Raw_Read_Error_Rate	0x000f	063	045	006	Pre-fail	Always	-
5	Reallocated_Sector_Ct	0x0033	100	100	036	Pre-fail	Always	-
	Seek_Error_Rate	0x000f	082	060	030	Pre-fail	Always

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 56 Storage > S.M.A.R.T: Full Summary

LABEL DESCRIPTION
ID This is the identification number used to tag a hard disk attribute.This is standard across all S.M.A.R.T-enabled storage devices. However it depends on the storage vendor which attributes it will allow S.M.A.R.T to diagnose.
Attribute Name	This refers to an attribute of the hard disk that S.M.A.R.T can assess. Attributes describe the hard disk's physical state, performance, wear-and-tear, and so on.
Flag	This shows a code that S.M.A.R.T uses to determine the current state of the hard disk.
Value	This is a value that corresponds to the Raw Value. Compare this with the Threshold Value.S.M.A.R.T compresses the raw value(s) into a digit from 1 to 253, where 1 indicates the worst scenario while 253 indicates the best scenario.The values 100 or 200 usually represent the mean or normal value.
Worst This is the lowest value attained by the hard disk since S.M.A.R.T started its assessment of the hard disk.
Threshold This is the attribute's threshold value. If the attribute's current normalized value is less than or equal to the threshold, the attribute has failed. An attribute value close to or below the threshold indicates the hard drive is no longer reliable.
Type This shows S.M.A.R.T's assessment of the hard disk.Old_age indicates end-of-product life from old-age (normal wearing out) if the attribute value is less than or equal to the threshold.Pre-fail indicate imminent hard drive failure if the attribute value is less than or equal to the threshold.Note that just because an attribute is of the Pre-fail type does not mean your hard drive is ready to fail. It only means this if the current normalized value of the attribute is less than or equal to the threshold.
Updated	This indicates when the hard drive updates the value for this attribute.Always means the hard drive updates this attribute during normal operation and during offline activities.Offline means the hard drive only updates this attribute when no one is accessing the hard drive.

Table 56 Storage > S.M.A.R.T: Full Summary

LABEL DESCRIPTION
When Failed This column indicates when (if ever) the attribute failed. An attribute has failed if the normalized value is less than or equal to the threshold.-: This displays if the attribute is not failing now and has never failed in the past.FAI LING_NOW: This displays if the attribute's current normalized value is less than or equal to the threshold.In_the_past: This displays if the attribute's current normalized value is greater than the threshold but the worst recorded value is less than or equal to the threshold.
Raw Value	This is the attribute's unprocessed raw data. These values show exact amounts of time or numbers of attempts or errors. The meaning to the raw values is specific to the hard drive manufacturer. Table 42 on page 156 has some information about whether a higher or lower individual raw S.M.A.R.T. attribute value is better.
OK Click this to close this window.

10.4 DyDNS Screen

Use this to enable and configure DyDNS.

Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with a dynamic DNS service so that anyone can contact you (such as through NetMeeting or CUSeeMe). You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name (for instance myhost.dhs.org, where myhost is a name of your choice) that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect. Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don't know your IP address.

Click Network > DyDNS to open the following screen.

Figure 108 Network > DyDNS

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 57 Network > DyDNS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Information
Internal Address	This shows the IP address assigned to the NSA by the gateway in your local network.

Table 57 Network > DyDNS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
External Address This	shows the IP address of the NSA that can be accessed in the Wide Area Network (WAN). Note that this is not assigned by the DyDNS server.
Configuration
Enable DyDNS Select	this to use dynamic DNS.You need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with a service provider such as www.dyndns.org. The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key.
Service Provider Select	your Dynamic DNS service provider.
Hostname Enter your	host name provided by the Dynamic DNS service.
Username Enter your	user name for your DNS account.
Password Enter the p	password assigned to your DNS account.
Password (Confirm)	Confirm the password you entered.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to clear the fields.

10.5 NFS Screen

Use this screen to enable and configure Network File System (NFS) settings on your NSA.

NFS is a client/server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments. This allows shared folders in your NSA to be accessible like a local folder in a user's computer.

Click Network > NFS to open the following screen.

Figure 109 Network > NFS

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 58 Network > NFS

LABEL DESCRIPTION

NFS Service

Enable NFS Server Click this to employ NFS in your NSA.

Disable NFS Server Click this to stop using NFS.This makes all NFS shares unavailable.

Add NFS Share Click this to add an NFS share.Refer to Section 10.5.1 on page 221 for the Add NFS Share screen.

Table 58 Network > NFS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
NFS Session Click this	to view active NFS sessions. You can see the list of users who have access to the NFS shares.Refer to Section 10.5.2 on page 222 for the NFS Session screen.
Edit NFS Share Select	an NFS share from the list and click this to edit it.Refer to Section 10.5.1 on page 221 for the Edit NFS Share screen.
Delete NFS Share (s)	Select an NFS share from the list and click this to delete it.
The table lists your NFS shares. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Status This shows wh	ether the share is active or not.
NFS Share Path This	shows the location of the share in the NSA.
Volume Name This sh	ows the volume where the NFS share is located.
DN/IP Filter This shows	which domain name(s) or IP address(es) have read/write access to the NFS shares.Refer to Section 10.5.1 on page 221 for the screen where you can configure this.
Comment This shows	a short description of the share.

You see a warning screen before you delete a volume.

Figure 110 Delete an NFS Share

10.5.1 Add/Edit NFS Share

Use this screen to add or edit an NFS share.

Note: Some attributes of the NFS share cannot be edited.

Click Add or Edit in the Network > NFS screen to open the following:

Figure 111 Network > NFS: Add/Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 59 Network > NFS: Add/Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Volume Name Select	the volume where the folder you want to add as an NFS share is located.
NFS Share Name Enter	the name you want to give to the NFS share.
Full Path This shows	the location of the NFS share in the NSA.The NFS server assigns this path to the share folder you input.
Comment Enter a short description for the share.
DN/IP Filter Enter the	domain name(s) or IP address(es) that can have access to the NFS share.Enter ‘*’ to make the share available to all users in the network. You can also enter a wildcard, such as ‘*.domain.com’ to indicate that all users within that network have access to the share.Select the access rights you want to grant to each domain name or IP address you enter and click Add.Read Only- Users with this access right can only view and copy files in the NFS share but cannot modify or delete them.Read/Write- Users with this access right can view, edit or delete files in the NFS share.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

10.5.2 NFS Session

Use this screen to view a list of active NFS sessions. You can see which users are connected the NFS shares.

Click NFS Session in the Network > NFS screen to open the following.

Figure 112 Network > NFS: NFS Session

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 60 Network > NFS: NFS Session

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Type This shows if the NFS share is active or not.
NFS Share Path This shows the location of the share in the NSA.
Username This shows the username of the active user connected to the NFS share.
Connected At This displays the date and time the user last connected to the NSA in year, month, day, hour, minute, second format.
IP Address This shows the IP address of the user accessing the NFS share.
OK Click this to close the window.

10.6 Syslog Server Screen

Use this screen to configure the NSA to accept syslog logs from syslog clients such as ZyXEL's G-4100 v2.

Note: You may need to configure any firewalls between the NSA and the syslog clients in order to let the syslog traffic go to the NSA.

Click Applications > Syslog Server to open the following screen.

Figure 113 Applications > Syslog Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 61 Applications > Syslog Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Syslog Server	Select this to have the NSA accept syslog logs from syslog clients. Clear it to stop the NSA from accepting syslog logs from syslog clients.
Log Location	ClickView Filesto browse to where you want to store the syslog logs on the NSA.
Shares Select the share in which to store the syslog logs.
Path Use this if you want to further specify a folder within the share. This field displays the share folder's path. Type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators or useBrowseto find or create a folder on the NSA.After you clickApplyin theSyslog Serverscreen the NSA creates a folder for the current month's logs. The folder's name uses the year and month in YYYYMM format.
Purge Policy	SelectEnable Purge Policyand set a number of months in theLog Deletion Intervalfield that displays to have the NSA delete the syslog messages after keeping them for the specified period of time.Regardless of how you set the purge policy, to save hard disk space the NSA archives the syslog logs in a .tgz file on the second day of each month and deletes the original folder and syslog files. The NSA creates a new folder for the syslog logs it receives after that. You can use a zip program such as 7-zip to open the archives.

Table 61 Applications > Syslog Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Log Format Select the	format you want to use for recording the received logs.
	The Example item below the drop-down list boxes displays how the selected custom format looks. For example, if you select Full Date, the individual log entries would display with something like 2009 May 13 17:15:51 in front of them.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore the screen's last-saved settings.

10.7 TFTP Server Screen

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP and often used for transmitting large numbers of small files. Use this screen to configure the NSA to accept log files from TFTP clients such as ZyXEL's G-4100 v2.

Note: You may need to configure any firewalls between the NSA and the TFTP clients in order to let the log files go to the NSA.

Click Applications > TFTP Server to open the following screen.

Figure 114 Applications > TFTP Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 62 Applications > TFTP Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable TFTP Server	Select this to have the NSA accept log files from TFTP clients. Clear it to stop the NSA from accepting log files from TFTP clients.
Upload / Download Directory Setting	Click View Files to browse to where you want to store the log files on the NSA.
Shares Select the share in which to store the log files.

Table 62 Applications > TFTP Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Path Use this if you want to further specify a folder within the share This field displays the share folder's path. Type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators or useBrowseto find or create a folder on the NSA.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore the screen's last-saved settings.

10.8 eMule Screens

Use these screens to manage the eMule application in your NSA. eMule is a peer-to-peer (P2P) file-sharing console that lets you download files from the Internet. It works with eDonkey and Kad networks.

10.8.1 eMule Server Screen

Use this screen to configure the eMule server.

Click Applications > eMule > Server to open the following screen.

Figure 115 Applications > eMule > Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 63 Applications > eMule > Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server - You can add multiple servers in this screen. However, the NSA can only connect to one eMule server at a time.
Enable eMule	Check this and clickApplyto enable the eMule application.
Add Server	Click this to add an eMule server. A server provides a list of available files for download, users sharing them and other information.Refer toSection 10.8.2 on page 228for theAdd Serverscreen.
My Info	Select a server from the list and click this to view the details and connection status of the server.Refer toSection 10.8.4 on page 229for theMy Infoscreen.
Connect	Click this to connect to the selected server or a random server if no server is selected.
Disconnect Select	a server from the list and click this to disconnect from the server.
Edit Server	Select a server from the list and click this to edit the server's information, including the server name and IP address.Refer toSection 10.8.3 on page 228for theEdit Serverscreen.
Delete Selected Server(s)	Select the server(s) from the list and click this to delete the server(s) from the list.
The table lists your servers. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Status	This shows the status of the NSA's connection to the server:Connected, Connecting or Not Connected.
IP Address This shows the IP address of the server.
Port Number This shows the port number used by the server for file-sharing.
Name This shows the name of the server.
Response This shows the length of time (in milliseconds) that the server took to reply to the NSA.
Number of Current Users	This shows the number of users currently connected to the server.
Max. User Number	This shows the total number of users that can connect to the server at the same time.
Number of Files	This shows the number of files available for download in the server.

You see a warning screen before you delete a server.

Figure 116 Delete a Server

10.8.2 Add Server

Use this screen to add a server for the eMule application.

Click Add in the Applications > eMule > Server screen to add a server.

Figure 117 Applications > eMule > Server: Add

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 64 Applications > eMule > Server: Add

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server IP	Select this if you know the server name, IP address and port number of the eMule server you want to add.
Server Name Enter	the server name.
IP Address Enter th	the IP address of the server.
Port Number Enter	the port number used by the server for file-sharing.
ED2K Link	Select this and enter the ED2K link for the eMule server you want to add.The ED2K link is used within the eMule network and contains information about the server.
Insert server.met from URL	Select this and enter the URL from which you want to download the server list that you want the NSA to use.
Apply Click this to apply your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

10.8.3 Edit Server

Use this screen to edit a server for the eMule application.

Click Edit in the Applications > eMule > Server screen to edit a server.

Figure 118 Applications > eMule > Server: Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 65 Applications > eMule > Server: Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Name Enter the server name.
IP Address Enter the IP address of the server.
Port Number Enter the port number of the server.
Apply Click this to apply your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

10.8.4 My Info

Use this screen to view the server details, including the status, IP address and download/upload speeds.

Click MyInfo in the Applications > eMule > Server screen to view the server details.

Figure 119 Applications > eMule > Server: MyInfo

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 66 Applications > eMule > Server: MyInfo

LABEL DESCRIPTION
ED2k Status	This shows the status of the NSA's connection to the server: Connected, Connecting or Not Connected.
ED2k ID	This is the identification given to the NSA by the eMule server. The ID comes in two types:High ID - The NSA connects to the server directly.Low ID - The NSA connects to the server from behind a firewall.
ED2k IP This is the IP	address of the eMule server to which the NSA is connected.
ED2k Port This is the	port number of the eMule server to which the NSA is connected.
Kad	This shows the status of the NSA's connection to the Kad network: Connected or Not Connected.Kad is a shortcut for Kademlia network, which does not use servers to store files or user information in order to run a peer-to-peer network. Instead it employs peers/clients as small “servers” and runs queries through these peers.
Download Speed	This shows the current download speed of the eMule client.
Upload Speed	This shows the current upload speed of the eMule client.
Client in Queue	This shows the number of peers waiting to connect to the NSA to download its file (s).

Table 66 Applications > eMule > Server: MyInfo

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Sources	This shows the total number of peers that can share the required files to the NSA eMule client.
Close Click this to exit	the screen.

10.8.5 eMule Task Screen

Use this screen to view tasks, including completed, downloading, uploading and shared tasks, that are being handled by the NSA.

Click Applications > eMule > Task screen to view the task details.

Figure 120 Applications > eMule > Task

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 67 Applications > eMule > Task

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Task
Enable eMule	Check this and clickApplyto enable the eMule application.
Add Click this to add	a download task (ED2K link) to the list.Refer toSection 10.8.6 on page 232for theAdd Taskscreen.
Preferences	Click this to open a screen where you can set the default location for saving downloaded files. You can also configure your eMule download settings.Refer toSection 10.8.7 on page 233for thePreferencesscreen.
Browse Incomplete Downloads	Click this to open a screen where you can see a list of *.part.met files that the NSA is still in the process of downloading.Refer toSection 10.8.9 on page 236for theShare Browsingscreen.
Clear All Completed	Click this to remove all completed downloads from the task list. This only removes the newly completed task(s) in this session.
Refresh Click this to	refresh the task screen.
Delete Select an item	from the list and click this to delete the task.
Pause Select an item	from the list and click this to pause the task.

Table 67 Applications > eMule > Task

LABEL	DESCRIPTION
Resume	Select a paused item from the list and click this to resume the task.
Task Info	Select an item from the list and click this to view the details and status of the task.
The table lists your tasks. Click a column's heading to sort the entries by that criteria.
Downloading This table	e shows a list of download tasks that are still in progress.
Newly Completed	This table shows a list of tasks that have been completed but have not been cleared from the list.
Uploading This table	shows a list of upload tasks that are still in progress.
Shared Files	This table shows a list of files on the NSA that are available for download by other peers in the network.
Status	This shows the current status of the task: Waiting or Downloading.
Name/File Name This	shows the name of the file(s) associated to the task.
File Size/Size This shows the size of the file(s) associated in the task.
Complete (%)	This shows the percentage of the file that has been downloaded by the NSA. It also indicates what percent of the file still needs to be downloaded.
Source	This shows the total number of peers that can share the required files to the NSA eMule client.
Download Speed This	shows the download speed of the NSA for the task.
Time Left	This shows how much more time the NSA needs to complete the file's download.
Priority	Use this field to set the priority for the task. Choose from Auto, Low, Normal or High.Select Auto to have the NSA automatically determine the task's priority.Select High to have the NSA complete this task before the others.
Transferred	This shows what percent of the file the NSA has uploaded to other peers.This column is available in the Uploading tab.
Upload Speed	This shows the upload speed of the NSA.This column is available in the Uploading tab.
Requests This shows	the number of requests for a shared file.This column is available in the Shared Files tab.
Accepted Requests	This shows the number of file requests granted by the NSA.This column is available in the Shared Files tab.

Note: Download tasks initially appear in the Downloading tab of the eMule Task screen. Depending on its status, it can eventually show up in the other tabs (Newly Completed, Uploading or Shared Files tabs).

You see a warning screen before you delete a task.

Figure 121 Delete a Task

10.8.6 Add Task

Use this to add a download task to the NSA.

Click Add in the Applications > eMule > Task screen to add a task.

Figure 122 Applications > eMule > Task: Add

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 68 Applications > eMule > Task: Add

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Source
ED2K Link Paste the	ED2K link of the file you want to download into this field.The ED2K link identifies files in the eMule network. It starts with ed2k:// and may contain the name and size of the file you want to download.
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).The Share column shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.The Path column points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.

Table 68 Applications > eMule > Task: Add

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Edit	Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder location where you “Put incomplete downloads in” and “Move complete downloads to”:Share - Select the destination share from the drop-down list.Path - This field displays the share folder’s path. You can useBrowse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name- Enter a new folder name and clickto create it.Type- This identifies the item as a folder or file.Name- This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don’t select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

10.8.7 Preferences

Use this screen to configure your eMule settings, such as port numbers to use, its download/upload rates and the maximum number of peers allowed to connect to the NSA.

Click Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences to open the following screen.

Figure 123 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 69 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Username
Username Enter your	user name that identifies the NSA in the eMule network.
Location of Downloaded Files	This shows where the NSA stores new downloads (Put incomplete downloads in) and where the NSA moves completed downloads (Move completed downloads to).The Share column shows the name of the share where the file is downloaded.The Path column points to the location in the share where the NSA will save the downloaded files.

Table 69 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Edit Click this to open the following screen where you can set the default folder locationwhere you “Put incomplete downloads in” and “Move complete downloads to”:.Share - Select the destination share from the drop-down list.Path - This field displays the share folder’s path. You can useBrowse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name- Enter a new folder name and clickto create it.Type- This identifies the item as a folder or file.Name- This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don’t select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Port Number
UDP Port	Enter the UDP port number you want to use for file transfers.
TCP Port	Enter the TCP port number you want to use for file transfers.
Upload and Download Rate
Max. download rate Enter the maximum download rate for download tasks.
Max. upload rate Enter the maximum upload rate for upload tasks.
Connection
Maximum Numberof ActiveConnections	Enter the maximum number of eMule peer-to-peer connections.
IP Filter
Edit IP Filter Click this to edit the IP Filter.IP filtering prevents your NSA from accessing certain networks and IP addresses that may be hosting malicious programs.Refer toSection 10.8.8 on page 236to view and configure theEdit IP Filterscreen.
Apply Click this to save your changes.

Table 69 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Reset Click this to clear the fields.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

10.8.8 Edit IP Filter

Use this screen to enable IP filtering which prevents your NSA from accessing certain networks and IP addresses that may be hosting malicious programs.

Figure 124 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences: Edit IP Filter

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 70 Applications > eMule > Task > Preferences: Edit IP Filter

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable IP Filter	Click this to enable IP filtering. This prevents your NSA from accessing certain networks and IP addresses that may be hosting malicious programs.SelectUpdate IP Filter Table File from the Internet Every Weekif you know the web location of the IP filter table you want to use. Enter the link where your NSA can acquire the list of networks and IP addresses. The NSA checks this link every week and uses the latest IP filter table available.SelectUpload IP Filter Tableif you want to use an IP filter table from your local computer.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Reset Click this to	return to the previous screen without saving.

10.8.9 Share Browsing

Use this screen to view a list of files that are still being downloaded by the NSA. The files are located in the eMule\Temp folder in the Admin share by default.

Click Applications > eMule > Task > Browse Incomplete Downloads to open the following screen.

Figure 125 Applications > eMule > Task > Browse Incomplete Downloads

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 71 Sharing > Shares > Share Browser

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Create Folder	Type a folder name and clickApplyto make a new folder. The name can be 1 to 239 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing folder in the same path. SeeSection 3.4.6 on page 41 for more information on folder names.
Upload	Click this to add files to the share. UseBrowse to locate a file and clickApplyto upload the file. Note that the size of each file should be less than 2 GB.
Rename Select a	folder or file and click this to open a screen. Enter the name you want and click OK to make the changes.Note: When you change a file name, make sure you keep the file extension
Delete	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to open a warning screen. Click Yes to delete the file/folder, or click No to close the screen.
Move	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to relocate the file/folder to another share.
Copy	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to make a duplicate of the file/folder to another share.
Current location	This is the name of the share and folder path that you are in.
Type The icon in	this column identifies the entry as a folder or a file.The folder with an arrow pointing up is for the link that takes you to the next higher layer in the share's folder tree.
Name	This section lists the share's existing folders or files. Click to the right of the file/folder name to select the file/folder. You can also click the folder's name to navigate to a sub-folder within the folder.
Size This field displays size of the file.
Modified Date This field displays a file's latest modification date.
Close Click this to close the screen.

10.8.10 Task Info

Use this screen to view eMule task details, such as status, file name, file size and its download progress.

Click Task Info in Applications > eMule > Task screen to open the following.

Figure 126 Applications > eMule > Task: Task Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 72 Applications > eMule > Task: Task Info

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status	This shows the current status of the task - Waiting or Downloading.
Name This shows the file name of the file associated with the task.You can change this file name by entering the new name and clicking Apply.
part.met File This shows the temporary file name for an incomplete file.Files in peer-to-peer networks can be divided into several parts for easier download. Once all the parts have been downloaded, you can run one part and the file automatically rebuilds itself. If the download of the file(s) is not completed, the file parts cannot open on their own.
Hash This shows the hash value of the download file.This is a text string that can be interpreted by eMule to check the downloaded file's integrity.
ED2K Link This shows the ED2K link for this file.The ED2K link identifies files in the eMule network. It starts with ed2k:// and may contain the name and size of the file you want to download.
Size This shows the size of the file associated with the task.
Done Size This shows the size of the file that has been downloaded so far.
Complete (%) This shows what percent of the file has been downloaded so far.
Source	This shows the total number of peers that can share the required files to the NSA eMule client.
Download Speed This shows the download speed for the task.
Time Left This shows how much time is needed to complete the task.
Priority	This shows the priority of this task.You can set this in Section 10.8.5 on page 230.
Seen Complete	This shows the last time a source with the complete file was online.
Close	Click this to exit the screen.

10.8.11 eMule Search Screen

Use this screen to search for files available in an eMule server using keywords and other parameters, such as file type, file size, and extension names.

Click Applications > eMule > Search to open the following screen.

Figure 127 Applications > eMule > Search

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 73 Applications > eMule > Search

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Search
Enable eMule	Check this and clickApplyto enable the eMule application.
Keyword(s) Enter words that are related to the file you want to download.
File Type Select the file type that you want to download.
Method Select the search method you want eMule to employ.
Min Size Enter the minimum file size you want included in the search results.
Max Size	Enter the maximum file size you want included in the search results.
Min Sources Enter the minimum number of peers sharing the file you want to download.
Extension	Enter the file extensions separated by commas of files you want included in the search results.
Search Click this to have the NSA search the eMule network for files that match the criteria you have set.
Clear Click this to clear the fields.
Download Select a file from the results and click this to start downloading the file.
This table shows the results of the search.
File Name This shows the name of the file(s) that match the criteria you have set.
File Size	This shows the size of the file(s) that match the criteria you have set.
Source	This shows how many peers are currently available to share this file so that the NSA can download it.

10.9 pyLoad Screen

Use this screen to configure the NAS so you can use pointer to manage your downloads, including those from one-click hosting sites.

Click Applications >illus to open the following screen.

Figure 128 Applications >pyLoad

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 74 Applications >pyLoad

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable pyLoad	Select this to have the NSA manage your downloads. Clear it to turn the feature off.
Management Page This is the IP address and port number of the NSA's pyLoad management login screen. The pyLoad management login screen uses the NSA's IPv4 address and the port number you configure. Click this link to go to it.
Username	Only the admin account can log into the pyLoad management screen.
Password You can configure a separate password for using the admin account to access the NSA's pyLoad management screen.
Password (Confirm)	Type the same password again to make sure you entered it correctly.
Port Number	Set the pyLoad management page's port number. The range of valid port numbers is 1024~65536. Include this port number after the IP address when manually entering the pyLoad management login page's address in your browser's address bar. For example, 192.168.1.2:7272.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore the screen's last-saved settings.

10.10 Polkast Setup

Use the Package Management screen to install the Polkast package. Use Polkast for fast, secure, direct access to your Media Server from your iPad, iPhone or Android device. Use the following procedure to install the Polkast package.

1 Click Applications > Package and select Polkast. Then select the Install/ Upgrade icon.

Note: If Polkast does not appear, click the Retrieve List from Internet icon to update the list.

Figure 129 Polkast Installation Step 1

Status	Package Name^	Requires	Version	Description	Management Page
Not Installed	BackupPlanner		001zypkg008	Use this to schedule and run backup jots for files stored in your NAS to an internal drive, external storage device or to another NAS in the network.
Not Installed	DyDNS		001zypkg005	This gives your NAS a domain name with a dynamic IP address.
Not Installed	Gallery	PHP-NySQL- phpMyAdmin	3.0.2zypkg005	This web-based application allows your NAS to host pictures. Use the NAS administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
Not Installed	NFS		1.1.4zypkg004	NFS (Network File System) is a file-sharing protocol most commonly implemented on Unix-like systems.
Not Installed	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin		1.0zypkg005	This tool can be used to manage MySQL through the web. Enter 'root' as the username and '1234' as the password to log in.
Not Installed	Polkaet		001zypkg076	Fast, secure, direct access to your Media Server from your iPad, iPhone or Android device.
Not Installed	SMART		5.39zypkg005	Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It notifies you ahead of time of any issues that can result to the hard disk's poor performance or failure.

2 The following confirmation screen appears. Click Apply. The NSA must have a connection to the Internet to download the Polkast package.

Figure 130 Polkast Installation Step 2

3 The installation progress appears in the Polkast row.

Figure 131 Polkast Installation Step 3

Status	Package Name^	Requires	Version	Description	Management Page
Not Installed	BackupPlanner		001zypkg008	Use this to schedule and run backup jobs for files stored in your NAS to an internal drive, external storage device or to another NAS in the network.
Not Installed	DyDNS		001zypkg005	This gives your NAS a domain name with a dynamic IP address.
Not Installed	Gallery	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin	3.0.2zypkg005	This web-based application allows your NAS to host pictures. Use the NAS administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
Not Installed	NFS		1.1.4zypkg004	NFS (Network File System) is a file-sharing protocol most commonly implemented on Unix-like systems.
Not Installed	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin		1.0zypkg005	This tool can be used to manage MySQL through the web. Enter 'root' as the username and '1234' as the password to log in.
Installing 25%	Polkast		001zypkg075	Fast, secure, direct access to your Media Server from your iPad, iPhone or Android device.
Not Installed	SMART		5.39zypkg005	Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It notifies you ahead of time of any issues that can result to the hard disk's poor performance or failure.

4 A link appears in the Management Page column after installation finishes. Click this link.

Figure 132 Polkast Installation Step 4

Status	Package Name	Requires	Version	Description	Management Page
Not Installed	BackupPlanner		001zypkg008	Use this to schedule and run backup jobs for files stored in your NAS to an internal drive, external storage device or to another NAS in the network.
Not Installed	DyDNS		001zypkg005	This gives your NAS a domain name with a dynamic IP address.
Not Installed	Gallery	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin	3.0.2zypkg005	This web-based application allows your NAS to host pictures. Use the NAS administrator credentials to log in. The administrator can then create accounts for other users.
Not Installed	NFS		1.1.4zypkg004	NFS (Network File System) is a file-sharing protocol most commonly implemented on Unix-like systems.
Not Installed	PHP-MySQL- phpMyAdmin		1.0zypkg005	This tool can be used to manage MySQL through the web. Enter 'root' as the username and '1234' as the password to log in.	http://172.23.25.13/pkg'Polkaet
Enabled	Polkaet		001zypkg076	Fast, secure, direct access to your Media Server from your iPad, iPhone or Android device.
Not Installed	SMART		5.39zypkg005	Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It notifies you ahead of time of any issues that can result to the hard disk's poor performance or failure.

5 The Polkast login screen appears. Click the link to create a new account or enter your login information for an existing account.

Figure 133 Polkast Login

Note: For more information on using Polkast, visit www.polkast.com. Get free Polkast mobile apps from the Apple App Store, Amazon AppStore, and Android Market. For Polkast Pro users the NSA does not count as a second homebase for pricing purposes.

10.11 Protect Screens

The Protect screens include:

• Backup screens - These include steps to create and customize backup jobs.
• Restore screens - These include steps to restore previous backups made with the NSA.

10.12 Backup Screens

Use this screen to create and customize scheduled backup jobs for your files.

You can have several backup jobs for specific folders and time periods.

Click Protect > Backup to open the following screen.

Figure 134 Protect > Backup

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 75 Protect > Backup

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Backup
Add Job Click this to create and customize a backup job.
Edit Job Select a backup job in the list and click this to make some changes to it.
Delete Selected Job(s)	Select a backup job in the list and click this to delete it.
Execute Job Now Select a backup job in the list and click this to run the backup job immediately.
Restore Archive Select a backup job in the list and click this to restore the file(s) included in that backup job to the NSA.This applies to Archive backups only. Refer to Section 10.12.8 on page 255 to see the screens.
Abort Job Select a backup job in the list and click this to stop the process if the backup job is currently active.
Status This shows the current state of the backup job.Waiting means the backup job is not active but is scheduled to run at some time.Running indicates that the NSA is currently doing the backup job. When the backup job is running, you can also see a progress bar.
Job Name This identifies the backup job.
Job Description This is a short description of the backup job.
Backup Info	This lists down the backup job details: type, source and target. Refer to Section 10.12.1 on page 247 and Section 10.12.2 on page 248.
Scheduler Info	This shows the backup schedule, including the frequency, the time it was last run in (and whether or not it succeeded), and when it is scheduled to run again. The times use yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss format.Refer to Section 10.12.4 on page 251.

10.12.1 Backup: Step 1

Use this screen to specify the job information and back up type.

Click Add Job in the Protect > Backup screen to open the following:

Figure 135 Protect > Backup: Step 1

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 76 Protect > Backup: Step 1

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Job Information
Job Name Enter a	name to identify the backup job.
Job Description	Enter a short description (up to 100 keyboard characters) for the backup job.
Backup Type Choose	se the backup type that you want the NSA to implement for the backup job.Archive- This is a backup of the source folder in an archive format. Once you backup your files in the target folder, you cannot access the files individually unless you have the extracting tool used by the NSA. If there are existing files in the target folder prior to the NSA's backup job, the files remain undisturbed. You can also choose between the following types of archive:Full- The NSA does a fresh backup each time. This provides the most protection but also requires the most storage space.Incremental- The NSA backs up new or modified files from the source folder since the last backup. The first backup is a full backup. You can also do a full backup after several incremental backups. Enter how many incremental backups the NSA runs before it performs a full backup of the source folder. You must keep the latest full backup to be able to restore the files later.Synchronization- This does a backup of individual files. If you use this type, you cannot use theRestorefeature of the NSA. You can also choose between the following types of synchronization:Mirror- The NSA deletes all data in the target folder before running the backup. It makes the target folder identical to the source folder.Publish- The NSA does a backup of individual files to the target folder without overwriting existing files in that folder. It makes a copy of the source files.
Next Click this to go to the next step.

10.12.2 Backup: Step 2

Use this screen to specify where the files you want to backup are located and set where you want the backup to be stored.

Figure 136 Protect > Backup: Step 2

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 77 Protect > Backup: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Backup Source	Select an (internal) volume and the folders and files to back up using this tree interface.Clickto browse through folders, sub-folders and files.Clickto close a folder in the tree. This is useful if there are many folders or files that you wish to hide from view.Clickto select a folder or file to back up. This also selects all sub-folders and files.Clickto deselect the folder or file. This also deselects all sub-folders and files.More...andMappearwhen there are too many folders/files to display. Click the arrows to scroll up or down through the folders/files.for a folder means all sub-folders and files and new folders/files added later will be backed up.for a file means the file will be backed up.(a grayed out check box) for a folder means that only some sub-folders and files under the folder will be backed up. Newly added folders/files will NOT be backed up.means the file structure is still loading. Please wait for the folders/files to display.Note: If you select to back up an entire folderand then de-select a sub-folder or file within that folder, the main folder icon will turnand any new sub-folders and files added to this main folder after the initial backup configuration willNOTbe backed up.A list of your select folders and files displays below the selection fields.
Selected Source Folders	This shows the path of the backup source folder you selected.
Backup Target Select the target folder where you want to place your backup.
Remote Select this to back up to another device.For Archives:The remote device can be another NSA in the network. Fill in the following fields in order to be able to access it.Remote NSA AddressUser namePasswordShare NameClickTest Connectionto see if your NSA can communicate with the remote device.For Synchronization:The remote device must be another NSA compatible with the NSA's synchronization feature. Fill in the following fields in order to be able to access it.Remote NSA AddressUsername (always "admin")Remote Admin's PasswordClickShow target contentto connect to the remote NSA so you can select the target share for the backup.
Local	Select this if you want to place your backup in another volume in the NSA. Select the folder where you want to place the backup.
External	Select this if you have a USB hard disk connected to the NSA that you want to use for your backup. Select the folder where you want to place the backup.

Table 77 Protect > Backup: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Previous Click this	to go back to the previous screen.
Next Click this to go to the next screen.

10.12.3 Backup: Step 3

Use this screen to specify compression, encryption and purge policies for the backup job. This step is only available if you are doing an archive backup or a synchronization backup to a remote target.

Figure 137 Protect > Backup: Step 3

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 78 Protect > Backup: Step 3

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Compression	Select Yes if you want NSA to compress the files for your backup. Otherwise, choose No.In an Archive backup, compression is a method of packing computing files in a way that saves hard disk space.For a Synchronization backup (to a remote target), the source data will be compressed before the transmission to reduce the transmission time. It is used in slow networks only.
Encryption	Select Yes if you want NSA to encrypt the files for your backup. Otherwise, choose No.In an Archive backup, this means using a password to secure files.For a Synchronization backup (to a remote target), this means securing the file transfer session. However the final file stored on the remote NSA is unencrypted. This takes a long time. Make sure you really need this feature before enabling it.
Bandwidth	Restrict the bandwidth of synchronization backups to help stop them from using all of your network connection's available bandwidth. This is more important when backing up to a remote NSA or computer through the Internet.

Table 78 Protect > Backup: Step 3

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Purge Policy	The NSA maintains the files that have been included in your backups. However to save hard disk space, you can choose to delete files that have been included in previous backups.Select Keep All Old Backup files to store all files that have been included in previous backups.If you want to store a certain number of backup files, select Keep Only the last n backup files (1-30). Enter a value (n) from 1 to 30 to specify how many backups the NSA stores. All backup files older than the last one are deleted. You will not be able to recover files that existed (only) in those previous backups. Select this if backup space is limited and recovery of old files is not important.If you want to store all backups for a certain time period, select Keep Backups for n day(s)(1-3650). Enter a value (n) from 1 to 3650 to specify how many days the NSA stores all backup files. After this day has expired, all backup files will be deleted.
Previous Click	this to go back to the previous screen.
Next Click this	to go to the next screen.

10.12.4 Backup: Step 4

Click this to specify the schedule for the backup job. The backup job automatically runs according to the schedule that you set in this screen.

Figure 138 Protect > Backup: Step 4

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 79 Protect > Backup: Step 4

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Scheduler
Backup Frequency	Select from Hourly, Daily, Weekly and Monthly backup intervals. The screen changes depending on the item you select.
Every how many hours?	This is only available if you selected Hourly as your backup frequency.Select every how many hours the NSA performs the backup job.
On which minute of the hour?	This is only available if you selected Hourly as your backup frequency.Select the minute (from 0 to 59) in an hour when the NSA performs the backup job.

Table 79 Protect > Backup: Step 4

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Start Time (hh:mm)	This is available if you selectedDaily, Weekly or Monthlyas your backup frequency.Select the time in hour:minute format when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Every how many days?	This is only available if you selectedDailyas your backup frequency.Enter the interval between days when the NSA performs the backup job.
Every how many weeks?	This is only available if you selectedWeeklyas your backup frequency.Enter the interval between weeks when NSA performs the backup job.
Step 1: Please select the month(s) of a year	This is only available if you selectedMonthlyas your backup frequency.Select the month(s) when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Step 2: Please select the day of the month	This is only available if you selectedMonthlyas your backup frequency.Select the day in a month when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Previous Click this to	go back to the previous screen.
Done Click this to close the screen.

10.12.5 Edit Job Screen

Use this screen to edit an existing backup job. Some attributes of the backup job cannot be changed, such as the name, backup type, source folder and so on.

10.12.6 Edit Job: Step 1

Click Protect > Backup. Select a backup job from the list and click Edit Job to open the following.

Figure 139 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 1

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 80 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 1

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Job Settings
Job Name This field is	read-only and shows the name of the backup job.
Job Description Enter	a short description for the backup job.
Backup Type This field	d is read-only and shows the backup type.
Source folder(s)/file(s)	This is read-only and shows the path of the source folder for backup.
Backup Target	This field is read-only and shows on which volume (whether internal or external) the backup files are stored. If the target location is a remote NSA, this shows the remote IP address.
Target Path This field	is read-only and shows the target folder for the backup files.
Compression This field	d is read-only and shows whether the backup employs compression.Compression reduces the size of the file that you want to back up. Backup is then faster, but restoring may be slower, so if backup space is not a concern and recovery speed is, then turn off compression.
Encryption	This field is read-only and shows whether the backup employs encryption.You can have the NSA use a password to encrypt the backup files.

Table 80 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 1

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Bandwidth For backups	to a remote NSA, you can restrict the bandwidth to help prevent the backups from using all of your network connection's available bandwidth. This is more important when backing up to a remote NSA or computer through the Internet.
Purge Policy	The NSA maintains the files that have been included in your backups. However to save hard disk space, you can choose to delete files that have been included in previous backups.Select Keep All Old Backup files to store all files that have been included in previous backups.If you want to store a certain number of backup files, select Keep Only the last n backup files (1-30). Enter a value (n) from 1 to 30 to specify how many backups the NSA stores. All backup files older than the last one are deleted. You will not be able to recover files that existed (only) in those previous backups. Select this if backup space is limited and recovery of old files is not important.If you want to store all backups for a certain time period, select Keep Backups for n day(s)(1-3650). Enter a value (n) from 1 to 3650 to specify how many days the NSA stores all backup files. After this day has expired, all backup files will be deleted.
Next Click this to go	to the next screen.

10.12.7 Edit Job: Step 2

Use this screen to edit the schedule for the backup job.

Figure 140 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 2

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 81 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Scheduler Settings
Backup Frequency	Edit this by selecting from Hourly, Daily, Weekly and Monthly backup intervals. The screen changes depending on the item you select.
Every how many hours?	This is only available if you selected Hourly as your backup frequency.Select every how many hours the NSA performs the backup job.
On which minute of the hour?	This is only available if you selected Hourly as your backup frequency.Select the minute (from 0 to 59) in an hour when the NSA performs the backup job.

Table 81 Protect > Backup > Edit: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Start Time (hh:mm)	This is available if you selectedDaily, Weekly or Monthlyas your backup frequency.Select the time in hour:minute format when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Every how many days?	This is only available if you selectedDailyas your backup frequency.Enter the interval between days when the NSA performs the backup job.
Every how many weeks?	This is only available if you selectedWeeklyas your backup frequency.Enter the interval between weeks when NSA performs the backup job.
Step 1: Please select the month(s) of a year	This is only available if you selectedMonthlyas your backup frequency.Select the month(s) when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Step 2: Please select the day of the month	This is only available if you selectedMonthlyas your backup frequency.Select the day in a month when you want the NSA to perform the backup job.
Previous Click this to close	go back to the previous screen.
Done Click this to close	the screen.

10.12.8 Restore Archive Screen

Use this screen to restore previous backups made with the NSA.

Click Protect > Backup screen (Section 10.12 on page 246). You can restore a previous backup job by selecting a backup job from the list and clicking Restore Archive.

Figure 141 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 1

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 82 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 1

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 1. Select Restore Source	Select a previous archive backup that you want to restore to the NSA.
Job Information
Job Name This is the	name to identify the backup job.

Table 82 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 1

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Job Description	This is a short description (up to 100 keyboard characters) for the backup job.
Backup Type This is the type of backup implemented for the backup job.
Scheduler Information	This field displays the backup's frequency.
Restored Time Select	a previous backup in the list that you want to restore to your NSA.
Next Click this to go	to the next screen.

10.12.10 Restore Archive: Step 2

Use this screen to select the folder where the archive you want to restore is located.

Figure 142 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 2

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 83 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 2. Please select which file(s)/folder(s) to restore.
Folder Chooser Select	the folder where the backup you want to restore is located.
Selected Folder This shows the path of the folder you selected.
Previous Click this to go back to the previous screen.
Next Click this to go to the next screen.

10.12.11 Restore Archive: Step 3

Use this screen to select the location in the NSA where you want to restore your backup.

Figure 143 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 3

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 84 Protect > Backup > Restore Archive: Step 3

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 3. Set a restore target and start restoring
Original Location Select this to restore the files to their original location in the NSA.
Other Location	Click this to select a folder where you want to place the restored files. ClickBrowseto open the following screen.Volume- Select a volume from the list.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Type- This identifies the item as a file or folder.Name- This is the name of the folder/file.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Previous Click this to	go back to the previous screen.
Done	Click this to run the restore process and go back to theBackupscreen.

Use this screen to restore previous backups made with the NSA, including archives and folders from internal, external or remote NSAs to the NSA.

You can access this screen by clicking Protect > Restore.

Figure 144 Protect > Restore: Step 1

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 1. Select Restore Source	Select a previous archive backup that you want to restore to the NSA.Select Remote NSA if the file is in another NSA in the network that you used for your backup. Fill in the fields below when you choose this option.Select Internal or External Volume if you want to use another volume in the NSA or an attached USB hard disk for your backup. Click Browse to select the backup file.
IP Address Enter the address of the NSA you want to use.
User Enter the user name you use to access the NSA.
Password Enter the password of your NSA account.
Share Name Enter the name of the share you want to use.
Test Connection	Click this to test your connection to the remote NSA that you have specified in the fields above.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Browse	Click this to select where the previous backup that you want to restore is located.
	• Volume - Select a volume from the list.• Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.• Type - This identifies the item as a file or folder.• Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Next Click this to go to the next screen.

Select a previous archive backup that you want to restore to the NSA.

Figure 145 Protect > Restore: Step 2

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 86 Protect > Restore: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 2. Select Restore Point	If you selected Remote NSA for the backup you want to restore, you can see a list of all the backups you performed in the Job Name table.If you selected Internal or External Volume for the backup you want to restore, you can see a list of restore times for the backups you performed in the Restored Time table.
Job Name	Select a previous backup job in the list that you want to restore to your NSA. Once you choose a job name, all available restore times for that backup job shows in the Restored Time table.

Table 86 Protect > Restore: Step 2

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Restored Time	Select a previous backup job in the list that you want to restore to your NSA.
Previous Click this to go back to the previous screen.
Next Click this to go to the next screen.

Use this screen to select the folder where the archive you want to restore is located.

Figure 146 Protect > Restore: Step 3

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 87 Protect > Restore: Step 3

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 3. Please select which file(s)/folder(s) to restore.
Folder Chooser Select	the folder where the backup you want to restore is located.
Selected Folder This shows the path of the folder you selected.
Previous Click this to go back to the previous screen.
Next Click this to go to the next screen.

Use this screen to select the location in the NSA where you want to restore your backup.

Figure 147 Protect > Restore: Step 4

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Step 3. Set a restore target and start restoring
Browse	Click this to select a folder where you want to place the restored files.Volume - Select a volume from the list.Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Type - This identifies the item as a file or folder.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Previous Click	this to go back to the previous screen.
Done	Click this to run the restore process and go back to the Backup screen.

10.14 Technical Reference

This section provides technical background information on the topics discussed in this chapter.

10.14.1 S.M.A.R.T Attributes

The following table describes some common S.M.A.R.T. attributes. If a higher or lower raw attribute value is better, it is indicated in the BETTER column. Since S.M.A.R.T. attributes and their definitions vary by manufacturer, refer to the hard drive manufacturer for details about the attributes your hard drive supports.

Table 89 S.M.A.R.T. Attributes

ID	ATTRIBUTE NAME	BETTER	DESCRIPTION
01	Read Error Rate	Low	Shows the rate of hardware read errors. If this is not zero, there is a problem with the disk surface or the read/write heads.
02 Throughput Performance		High	This is the hard drive's general (overall) throughput performance. A decreasing value indicates a problem.
03 Spin-Up Time Low This is the average number of milliseconds the hard drive took for spindle spin up (from zero RPM to fully operational).
04 Start/Stop Count The total number of spindle start and stop cycles.
05 Reallocated Sectors Count		Low Total number of reallocated sectors on the hard drive. When the hard drive detects a read/write/verification error, it marks the sector as "reallocated" and transfers the data to a specially reserved (spare) area. The process is also known as remapping with "reallocated" sectors known as remaps. The more sectors the hard drive has to reallocate, the slower read and write speeds become.
06 Read Channel Margin			This is the margin of a channel when it reads data.
07	Seek Error Rate	Low	This is the rate of the magnetic heads' seek errors. A failure in the mechanical positioning system, such as servo damage or a thermal widening of the disk, results in seek errors. An increasing number of seek errors indicate the condition of the disk surface and the mechanical subsystem are worsening.
08 Seek Time Performance		High This is an average performance indicator for the seek operations of the magnetic heads. Mechanical subsystem problems cause this value to decrease.
09 Power-On Hours (POH)		Low This is how many hours the hard drive has been in a power-on state. The raw value lists the total number of hours (or minutes, or seconds depending on the manufacturer).
10	Spin Retry Count	Low	This is the total number of spin start retry attempts. This is the number of attempts to spin up to fully operational speed the hard drive has made when the first attempt did not succeed. An increase in this value is an indicator of hard disk mechanical subsystem problems.
11 Recalibration Retries		High This is the number of times recalibration was requested when the first attempt did not succeed. A decrease in this value is an indicator of hard disk mechanical subsystem problems.
12 Device Power Cycle Count			This is the number of times the hard drive has gone through a full power on and power off.
13 Soft Read Error Rate		Low This is the number of uncorrected read errors the hard drive has reported. If this is not zero, back up your data.
190 Airflow Temperature		Low This indicates the temperature of the airflow measured by a Western Digital hard drive.
190	Temperature Difference from 100	High This	indicates the value of 100 - the temperature in degrees Celsius.Manufacturers can set a minimum threshold that corresponds to a maximum temperature.
191	G-sense error rate	Low This is	the number of mistakes caused by impact loads.
192	Power-off Retract Count	Low This is	how many times the heads are loaded off the media.
193	Load/Unload Cycle	Low This is	the number of load and unload cycles into head landing zone position.
194	Temperature Low	This is the	hard drive's internal temperature.
195	Hardware ECC Recovered	High This is	the time between ECC (Error Correction Code)-corrected errors.
196	Reallocation Event Count	Low This is	the total number of reallocation (remap) operations. The raw value is the total attempts to move data from reallocated sectors to a spare area. Successful and unsuccessful attempts are both included.
197	Current Pending Sector Count	Low This is	the number of unstable sectors awaiting reallocation. If the sector is later successfully written or read, this value decreases and reallocation is not performed. Only failed write attempts cause a reallocation, not read errors. This can be difficult to test since only direct I/O writes to the disk cause reallocations, not cached writes.
198	Uncorrectable Sector Count	Low This is	the number of errors reading or writing a sector that were not correctable. An increase in this value is an indicator of disk surface defects or mechanical subsystem problems.
199	UltraDMA CRC Error Count	Low This is	the number of data transfer errors through the interface cable according to the ICRC (Interface Cyclic Redundancy Check).
200	Write Error Rate / Multi-Zone Error Rate	Low This is	the total number of errors in writing sectors.
201	Soft Read Error Rate	Low	This is the number of read/write head off-track errors. If the value is not zero, make a backup.
202	Data Address Mark Errors	Low This is	the number of data address mark errors. This could also be a different, manufacturer-specific attribute.
203	Run Out Cancel Low	This is the	number of ECC (Error Correction Code) errors.
204	Soft ECC Correction	Low This is	the number of errors corrected by software ECC (Error Correction Code).
205	Thermal Asperity Rate (TAR)	Low This is	the number of thermal asperity errors. Thermal asperity is a read signal spike caused by sensor temperature rise due to touching the disk surface or contaminant particles.
206	Flying Height		This is the height of the hard drive's read/write heads above the disk surface.
207	Spin High Current		This is the quantity of high current used to spin up the drive.
208	Spin Buzz This is the number of buzz routines to spin up the drive. When the arm holding the read/write heads is stuck, the motor driving it tries to oscillate the arm to free it. This causes an audible vibration.
209	Offline Seek Performance		This is the hard drive's seek performance during offline operations. Offline operations are tests the drive does itself as opposed to those that an external diagnostic tool has it do. Seek performance is how quickly the drive moves from track to track.
220	Disk Shift Low This	is how far	the disk has moved relative to the spindle (this kind of shift is usually due to shock).
221	G-Sense Error Rate	Low This is	the number of errors that have resulted from external vibration and shock.
222	Loaded Hours This is	is how long	the hard drive has operated under data load (this requires movement of the magnetic head armature).
223	Load/Unload Retry Count		This is how many time the magnetic head has changed position.
224	Load Friction	Low	This is resistance caused by friction in mechanical parts during operation.
225	Load/Unload Cycle Count	Low This is	the total number of load cycles.
226	Load 'In'-time		This is the total time that the magnetic heads actuator has had a load (not been in the parking area).
227	Torque Amplification Count	Low This is	the number of attempts to compensate for variations in platter speed.
228	Power-Off Retract Cycle	Low This is	how many times the magnetic armature was automatically retracted because the power was cut.
230	GMR Head Amplitude		This is the amplitude of thrashing (or the distance of repetitive forward and reverse head motion).
231	Temperature Low This is the hard drive's temperature.
240	Head Flying Hours		This is the total time that the head has been positioning.
250	Read Error Retry Rate	Low This is	the number of errors in reading from the disk.

11.1 Overview

This chapter discusses the features in the Auto Upload screens.

The auto upload feature uploads media files stored in the NSA to the Flickr and/or YouTube sharing websites. Besides web publishing and media server, auto upload is another convenient way to share media files with your friends and family. You can link the NSA to your Flickr and/or YouTube account and select shares for the NSA to upload. The NSA uploads the media files stored in the specified shares to your Flickr and/or YouTube account. When you add new files to the specified shares, the NSA also automatically uploads the new files to your Flickr and/or YouTube account.

11.2 What You Can Do

• Use the Flickr/ YouTube screen (Section 11.4 on page 265) to upload photos and videos to your Flickr and YouTube accounts.
• Use the FTP Uploadr screen (Section 11.5 on page 274) to upload files to FTP servers.

11.3 What You Need to Know

FTP

File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a file transfer service that operates on the Internet. A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client. FTP is not a secure protocol. Your file transfers could be subject to snooping.

FTPES (File Transfer Protocol over Explicit TLS/SSL)

File Transfer Protocol over Explicit TLS/SSL (FTPES) is a file transfer service that uses TLS (Transport Layer Security) or Secure Socket Layer (SSL) for secure transfers across the Internet.

11.4 The Flickr/YouTube Screen

Use this screen to upload photos and videos to your Flickr and YouTube accounts.

Click Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/ YouTube to open the following screen.

Figure 148 Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 90 Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Flickr/YouTube
Disable/Enable	Select a service from the list and click this to turn the service on or off.If you disable the service and add more files to the watch folder(s), the NSA will not auto upload these files. However, the NSA still uploads any files added before you turned off the service.
Pause/Resume	Select a service from the list and click this to pause or resume the auto upload feature.
Config	Select a service from the list and click this to manage the service's settings.
Status This field displays the service's status.The service may be Enabled, Disabled, Uploading or Paused.
Service Name	This field displays the name of a sharing website to which the NSA can automatically upload files.
Account Information	This field displays the username and related information of the account to use with the auto upload feature.

11.4.1 Configuring the Flickr Settings

In the Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube screen, select Flickr from the list and then click the Config button.

The following screen displays if you have not authorized the NSA to use a Flickr account. Click OK to continue the authorization process.

Figure 149 Linking NSA to Flickr

The web browser opens the Yahoo! Flickr login page. Enter your Yahoo account's information and click Sign In.

Figure 150 Yahoo! Flickr Login Page

YAHOO! flickr

Yahoo! - Help

Welcome to Yahoo!

Enjoy all the benefits of Yahoo! Flickr.

• Access all your digital images in one place.
  • Show off your favorite photos to the world.
• Share photos with your friends and family - it's easy!

Get all the best with one Yahoo! ID.

Your Yahoo! ID gives you access to powerful communications tools like mail and instant messaging, security features like email AntiVirus and Pop-Up Blocker, and favorites like online photos and music — all for free.

Sign in to Yahoo!

Are you protected? Create your sign-in seal. (Why?)

Yahoo! ID

(e.g. [e-mail])

Password:

Keep me signed in

for 2 weeks unless I sign out. Info [Uncheck if on a shared computer]

Sign In

Forget your ID or password? | Help

Don't have a Yahoo! ID?

Signing up is easy.

Sign Up

Copyright © 2008 Yahoo! Inc. All rights reserved. Copyright/IP Policy | Terms of Service | Guide to Online Security NOTICE: We collect personal information on this site. To learn more about how we use your information, see our Privacy Policy

The following page displays asking for your authorization. Click OK, I'LL ALLOW IT to establish a link between the NSA and your Flickr account.

Figure 151 Flickr Authorization

A confirmation page displays indicating successful authorization. Return to the NSA web configurator. Click Get Ready in the following screen to complete the authorization process.

Figure 152 Confirming Flickr Authorization

Once the NSA is associated with your Flickr account, you can configure auto upload settings in the following screen.

Figure 153 Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube > Config (Flickr)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 91 Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube > Config (Flickr)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Flickr Account Configuration
Username	This field displays the Flickr account authorized for the auto upload feature.
Photo Space Usage This	this shows how much storage space for photos (in size and percentage) you have used and how much space is still available on your Flickr account.
Video Files Usage	This shows how many videos you have uploaded and how many videos you can still upload to your Flickr account.
Switch User Click	this to use a different Flickr account for the auto upload feature.
Folder Selection
Folder Watch List	This table displays a list of shares and folders selected for auto upload. Files stored in these locations are uploaded to your Flickr account.
Status This indicates whether the folder or share is available.represents a valid folder. The folder is available for auto upload.represents a missing folder. The share may be deleted from the NSA, or the hard disk was removed from the NSA.
Share Name This is the share selected for auto upload.
Path	This is the path of a folder selected for auto upload. The NSA only uploads files stored in the specified share or folder to your Flickr account.
Action	Use the Remove icon to remove a folder from the Folder Watch List.
Add	Click this to open the following screen where you can set a folder that contains files you want the NSA to automatically upload.Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or click Browse to open the following screen and navigate to the folder's location.Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name - Enter a new folder name and click to create it.Type - This is the type of the folder/file.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in the Path field. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.Click Apply to save your settings and Cancel to close the screen.
Grace Period
Grace Period N minutes	Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for auto upload. For example, if you set the grace period to 5 minutes, the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes. You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes (up to one week).
Default Privacy
Who can see your media files on Flickr?	Determine who has the right to see files uploaded to your Flickr account.SelectOnly Youif you do not want anyone else to see your files. You may also restrict the access toYour friendsand/orYour family. You can set up a friend/family list in your Flickr account.SelectAnyoneto allow everyone to see your files.
Hide from public site area	Check this option to prevent others from finding your files when they perform a search in the Flickr website.
Default Safety Level	Assign a safety level to your files.SelectSafeif the contents of your files are suitable for the general public.SelectModerateif the contents of your files may be offensive to some people.SelectRestrictedif the contents of your files are not suitable for certain people, such as children or your colleagues.
Default Content Type	Select a content type for your files. You can choosePhoto/ Video, Screenshots/Screencasts, or Illustration/ Art/ Animation/ CGI.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings.

11.4.2 Configuring the YouTube Settings

In the Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/ YouTube screen, select YouTube from the list and then click the Config button.

Note: Your YouTube account must be associated with a Google account.

Get a Google account and use it to log into YouTube. You can then merge the existing YouTube account to your Google account.

If you have not authorized a YouTube account on the NSA, the following screen displays. Enter your Google account's e-mail address and password in the fields and click OK to authorize the service.

Figure 154 YouTube Account Settings

Once the NSA is associated with your YouTube account, you can configure auto upload settings in the following screen.

Figure 155 Applications > Auto Upload > Flickr/YouTube > Config (YouTube)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 92 Applications > Auto Upload > Config (YouTube)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Youtube Account Configuration
Username This field displays the Youtube account authorized for the auto upload feature.
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Switch User	Click this to use a different YouTube account for the auto upload feature.
Folder Selection
Folder Watch List	This table displays a list of shares and folders selected for auto upload. Files stored in these locations are uploaded to your YouTube account.
Status	This field indicates whether the share or folder is available.represents a valid folder. The folder is available for auto upload.represents a missing folder. The share may be deleted from the NSA, or the hard disk was removed from the NSA.
Share Name	This field displays the share selected for auto upload.
Path	This field displays the path of a folder selected for auto upload. The NSA only uploads the files stored in the specified share or folder to your YouTube account.
Action	Use theRemoveicon to delete a folder from theFolder Watch List.
Add Click this to open	the following screen where you can set a folder that contains files you want the NSA to automatically upload.Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or clickBrowseto open the following screen and navigate to the folder's location.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name- Enter a new folder name and clickto create it.Type - This is the type of the folder/file.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Grace Period
Grace Period N minutes	Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for auto upload. For example, if you set the grace period to 5 minutes, the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes. You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes (up to one week).
Video Category	Select the category that best describes the media files you want to upload.
Default Privacy
Who can see your media files on YouTube?	Determine who has the right to see files uploaded to your YouTube account.SelectOnly Youif you do not want anyone else to see your files.SelectAnyoneto allow everyone to see your files.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore your previously stored settings.

11.5 The FTP Uploadr Screen

The FTP Uploadr feature uploads files stored in the NSA to FTP servers. Besides web publishing and media server, auto upload is another convenient way to share media files with your friends and family. You can link the NSA to the FTP server or the FTP server on another NSA and select shares or folders for the NSA to upload. The NSA uploads the files stored in the specified shares to the FTP server. When you add new files to the specified shares, the NSA also automatically uploads the new files to the FTP server.

Use this screen to configure the FTP Uploadr.

Click Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr to open the screen shown next.

Figure 156 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 93 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable FTP Uploadr	Use the check box to enable or disable the FTP Uploadr. ClickApplyto save your changes.When you disable the FTP Uploadr, a screen opens requesting confirmation. Select the check box to stop any current or queued uploads. If you do not select the check box, theFTP Uploadr will finish uploading the files that are already in the queue list. ClickingYeswill disable the FTP Uploadr.
Add Server	Click this to add a target FTP server entry. SeeSection 11.5.1 on page 275 for more details.
Preferences Click this	to manage the settings of the FTP Uploadr.
Edit Server Select a server from the list and click this to edit the FTP server entry.
Delete Selected Server(s)	Select a server from the list and click this to remove the FTP server entry.
Server Information	Select a server from the list and click this to display the status and settings about the FTP server.
Domain Name/IP Address	This is the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
Port Number This is the port number used by the FTP server.
Remote Path The NSA	automatically uploads files to this location of the FTP server.
Account Name This is the login account for the FTP server.
Description This is the information related to the FTP server.

11.5.1 Adding or Editing an FTP Server Entry

Use this screen to add or edit an FTP server entry for auto upload.

In the FTP Uploadr screen, click the Add Server or Edit Server button to open the following screen.

Figure 157 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr > Add or Edit a Server

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 94 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr > Add or Edit a Server

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Domain Name/IP Address	Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
Account Name Enter the account name used to access the FTP server.
Password Enter the password associated with the account name.
Port Number Enter the port number for the FTP server.
Remote Path Enter the path of the FTP server where the NSA automatically uploads files.
Description Enter additional information about this FTP server.
Test Connection Click this to test your settings and check whether you can use the settings to connect to the FTP server.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

11.5.2 The FTP Uploadr Preferences Screen

Use this screen to configure the general settings for the FTP Uploadr.

In the FTP Uploadr screen, click the Preferences icon to open the following screen.

Figure 158 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr > Preferences

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 95 Applications > Auto Upload > FTP Uploadr > Preferences

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Folder Watch List
Status	This field indicates whether the share or folder is available.represents a valid folder. The folder is available for auto upload.represents a missing folder. The share may be deleted from the NSA, or the hard disk was removed from the NSA.
Share Name This is the share selected for auto upload.
Path	This is the path of a folder selected for auto upload. The NSA only uploads files stored in the specified share or folder to your FTP server.
Action	Use theRemoveicon to delete a folder from theFolder Watch List.
Add Click this to open	the following screen where you can set a folder that contains files you want the NSA to automatically upload.Share - Select the share from the list.Path - Type the folder location in the share directly or clickBrowse to open the following screen and navigate to the folder's location.Current Location- This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name- Enter a new folder name and clickto create it.Type- This is the type of the folder/file.Name- This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Settings
Grace Period	Specify how long the NSA should wait when you add a new file for auto upload. For example, if you set the grace period to 5 minutes, the NSA uploads a new file after it has been in a watched folder for 5 minutes. You can choose from a range of 1 to 10080 minutes (up to one week).
Bandwidth Limit	Enter the maximum upload rate for auto upload. You can choose from a range of 0 to 100,000 KB/s. Enter 0 if you do not want to set any limit.Use this to leave bandwidth on your network connection for other traffic, especially if your Internet connection has restricted upload speed.
Apply Click this to	save your changes in this section.
Reset Click this to restore previously saved settings.
Close Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

12.1 Overview

The Dropbox Web-based file hosting service uses cloud computing to let you use file synchronization to store and share files and folders with others across the Internet. Use your Dropbox account to easily move files to your NSA and have the NSA download *.torrent files.

12.2 Dropbox Screen

Use the Dropbox screen to log the NSA into your Dropbox account. This creates Drop2NAS and zDownload folders in your Dropbox account. See Section 12.3 on page 281 for how to use the folders to move files to your NSA and have the NSA download *.torrent files. The NSA checks the Dropbox account's Drop2NAS and zDownload folders every three minutes.

Click Applications > Dropbox to open the following screen.

Figure 159 Applications > Dropbox

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 96 Applications > Dropbox

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status This shows the	status of the NSA Dropbox application's interaction with the Dropbox server.
	Disable: The NSA Dropbox application is turned off.
	Ready: The NSA Dropbox application has authenticated with the Dropbox server and is ready to use.
	Authenticating with Dropbox. Please wait.: The NSA Dropbox application is logging into the Dropbox server.
	Failed to negotiate link with Dropbox. Please contact your vendor.: The NSA cannot find the Dropbox server at the normal address.
	Receiving file/ folder from Dropbox tunnel.: The NSA is getting a file from your Dropbox account.
	Dropbox account has been already used on other NAS.: One Dropbox account can only work with one NSA at a time. Log the other NSA out of your Dropbox account to be able to use the account with this NSA.
Name This is the owner	of the Dropbox account the NSA is configured to use.
Email	This is the e-mail address of the owner of the Dropbox account the NSA is configured to use.
Logout	This displays after the NSA connects to Dropbox. Click Logout to stop syncing your files with Dropbox and have the NSA log out from your Dropbox account. Use this to be able to use the NSA with another Dropbox account. If you only want to stop syncing your files with Dropbox, you can just clear the Enable Dropbox option and click Apply.
Capacity	This shows how much total storage space is available on the NSA to use for Dropbox as well as the amounts already in use and still available.
Enable Dropbox	Select this to synchronize and back up your Dropbox account. The first time you do this a Dropbox screen prompts you to log into your Dropbox account.Then a NSA pop-up opens. Click Get Ready.Click Allow when the Dropbox screen notifies you of the NSA's DropNAS application trying to connect to your Dropbox account.After the NSA connects to Dropbox, clear the Enable Dropbox option and click Apply to stop syncing your files with Dropbox without logging out from your Dropbox account. Click Logout instead to be able to use the NSA with another Dropbox account.
Apply Click this to save your changes.

12.3 How to Use Dropbox with the NSA

Here is how to use the Drop2NAS and zDownload folders the NSA creates in your Dropbox account.

Using the Drop2NAS Folder

The NSA connects to Dropbox and copies files in the Drop2NAS folder to the NSA's admin\Dropbox\FromDropbox folder and empties the Drop2NAS folder. The NSA initiates connections to the Dropbox server so you do not need to configure rules on a firewall in front of the NSA to allow access to the NSA. Dropbox is not connecting to the NSA. When you upload files of the same name to the Drop2NAS folder, the NSA adds a number to the names of the files in the NSA's

admin\Dropbox\FromDropbox folder in the format of "filename(n).extension". Here is an example of the Drop2NAS folder.

Note: Do not delete the NAStoken file as it is needed for your NSA to work with the Dropbox account.

Figure 160 Dropbox\Drop2NAS

Using the zDownload Folder

The NSA copies *.torrent files in the zDownload folder to the NSA's admin\download\torrents folder and automatically starts downloading them. The NSA adds a suffix to the name of each torrent file in the Dropbox account's zDownload folder and keeps updating it to show the job's state (downloading, queued, paused, canceled, uploading, finished, error, or retrying). The NSA does not take any action for folders nor other types of files in the zDownload folder. Here is an example of torrent files in the zDownload folder.

Figure 161 Dropbox\zDownload

Using Time Machine with the NSA

13.1 Overview

Time Machine is a backup system provided by Mac OS X. It automatically backs up everything on your Mac, including pictures, music, videos, documents, applications, and settings. This chapter helps you to enable Time Machine in OS X to use your NSA as a backup volume.

13.2 Time Machine Screen

Use the Time Machine screen to turn Time Machine support on or off, and designate the share for Time Machine backups.

Click Applications > Time Machine to open the following screen.

Figure 162 Applications > Time Machine

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 97 Applications > Time Machine

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Time Machine	Select this to allow Macs to use Time Machine to back up to the NSA. Clear it to turn off Time Machine support.
Share Select the share	the NSA uses to store Time Machine backups.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Reset	Click this to restore the screen's last-saved settings.

13.3 Using Time Machine

After enabling Time Machine on the NSA, follow the steps below to set up Time Machine on your Mac to use your NSA for backup.

1 Click Apple > System Preferences. Then go to System and select Time Machine.

2 Turn Time Machine ON. Then click Change Disk.

3 Select share01 as the backup disk. Then click Use for Backup.

4 When prompted for the username and password of share01, enter the login information for an existing user account with write access permission on share01 (for information on configuring user accounts and shares see Section 4.9 on page 71). In this example user1/12345 is used. Then click Connect.

5 Time Machine starts backing up files to share01 after 120 seconds. If you want to backup immediately, click Time Machine icon and select Back Up Now.

6 The screen shows the status of the backup once the process begins.

7 To stop the backup process, click the Time Machine icon and select Stop Backing Up. Then turn Time Machine OFF.

14.1 Overview

This chapter introduces the Users screens of the NSA. Use the Users screens to create and manage administrator and user accounts.

Administrators can:

• Configure and manage the NSA.
• Create volumes, shares, and user accounts.
• Assign individual users specific access rights for specific shares.

Users are people who have access rights to the NSA and can store files there for later retrieval. A user can:

• Manage shares that he owns.
• Change his own password.
• Access the contents of other shares to which he is given access rights.

14.2 What You Can Do

• Use the main Users screen (Section 14.3 on page 287) to display a list of user accounts created on the NSA.
• Use the Add User screen (Section 14.3.2 on page 289) to create new user accounts.
• Use the Edit User screen (Section 14.3.2 on page 289) to edit the properties of an existing account.
• Use the User Info screen (Section 14.4 on page 292) to display the amount of volume space used by a selected account and the account's membership in any groups.

14.3 The Users Screen

Click Sharing > Users to display the screen shown next.

Use this screen to create and manage accounts for users who can store files on the NSA.

Figure 163 Sharing > Users

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 98 Sharing > Users

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add User Click this to	open a screen where you can configure a new user account.Refer to Section 14.3.2 on page 289 to see the screen.
Search Click this to	display a search field. Type in the name of an account and then clickSearch to look up the account you specified. ClickClear to close the search function.
Edit User Select an account and click this to open a screen where you can edit the properties of the account.Refer to Section 14.3.2 on page 289 to see the screen.
Delete Selected Users	Select an account and click this to open a screen where you can delete the user account.
User Info	Select an account and click this to open a screen displaying the amount of storage space used by the account. You can also check the account's membership in any groups.Refer to Section 14.4 on page 292 to see the screen.
Display Number Click	the drop-down menu to set how many accounts you want to display in one screen.
Go to Page Click the	drop-down menu to display and access more user accounts.
User Type	This field displays whether the account is an administrator account or a user account.
Username This field	displays the username of each account.

14.3.1 User Icons

The following table describes the user icons.

Table 99 User Icons

ICON DESCRIPTION
	The blue icon is for an administrator account.
	The green icon is for a user account.

14.3.2 Adding or Editing an Account

Use this screen to create or edit a NSA user account with NSA access password.

Click the Add User button in the Users screen to open the following screens. Click the Edit User button in the screen shown previously to edit an existing account.

Figure 164 Sharing > Users > Add or Edit a User: General Settings

Figure 165 Sharing > Users > Add or Edit a User: Quota (per volume)

Figure 166 Sharing > Users > Add or Edit a User: General Settings

graph TD
    A["Add User"] --> B["General Settings"]
    A --> C["Quota (per volume)"]
    A --> D["Group Membership"]
    E["Available Group(s)\nTest"] --> F["Add Selected Group(s) →"]
    G["Group Membership"] --> H["Remove Selected Group(s)"]
    I["Apply"] --> J["Cancel"]

The following table describes the labels in these screens.

Table 100 Users > Add or Edit a User

LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Settings Click this to configure the user's user name and password.
Username	Type a name from 1 to 32 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example)ASCII characters. See Section 14.3.3 on page 291 for more details on usernames.
New Password	Create a password associated with this user. You can type from one to 14 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters.
LABEL	DESCRIPTION
Password (Confirm)	You must type the exact same password that you just typed in the above field.
Account Type	Select Administrator to give the account full configuration and management access to the NSA.Select User to give the account basic access rights to the NSA and allow the user to manage his own shares, change his own password, and access the contents of other shares to which he is given access rights.
Quota (per volume)	Click this to configure which volume the user can use and the allowed storage space.
Volume Name Select	the volume in which you want the user's files to be stored.
Quota (per volume)	Enter how much space (in megabytes) you want to allow for the user to store files.
Group Membership Click	this to configure to which groups on the NSA the user belongs.
Available Group(s)	This field lists the groups created on the NSA to which the selected account does not belong.
Group Membership This	this field lists the groups that the selected account belongs to.
Add Selected Group(s)	Select a group from the Available Groups list and click this to add the account to that group.
Remove Selected Group(s)	Select a group from the Group Membership list and click this to remove the account from that group.
Apply	Click this to save your changes.
Cancel	Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

14.3.3 Usernames

Enter a username from one to 32 characters. The first character must be alphabetical (case insensitive, [A-Z a-z]); numeric characters are not allowed as the first character.

The username can only contain the following characters:

• Alphanumeric A-z 0-9. Unicode usernames are supported with CIFS logins, but not FTP or web configurator logins.
• Spaces
• _ [underscores]
  • . [ periods ]
• [ d a s h e s ]

Other limitations on usernames are:

• All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically.
• Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space.
• Usernames are case insensitive. The username cannot be the same (no matter the letter case) as an existing user. For example, if a user exists with the name 'BOB', you cannot create a user named 'bob'. If you enter a user 'bob' but use 'BOB' when connecting via CIFS or FTP, it will use the account settings used for 'bob'.
• The username cannot be the same as a system username such as ANONYMOUS-FTP nor be the same as an existing user. Other reserved usernames that are not allowed are:

- bin

- daemon

• ftp
• anonymous-ftp
• anonymous
• nobody
• root
• pc - guest
• admin
• password

14.4 Displaying User Info

Use this screen to display a user's information.

In the Users screen, select an account and click User Info to open the following screen.

Figure 167 Sharing > Users > User Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 101 Sharing > Users > User Info

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Username This field displays the selected username.
Space Usage Click this to display the amount of volume space used by the selected account.
Group List Click this to display the selected user's group membership.
Volume Name This field displays the volume(s) created on the NSA.
Used Space This field displays how much storage space the selected account is currently using. This only applies for files that the user saved onto the NSA while logged in with that username.
Group Name	This shows when you click the Group List tab.This displays the list of groups to which the selected user belongs.
OK Click this to close the current screen.

15.1 Overview

This chapter introduces the Groups screens. Use the Groups screens to create and manage groups. You can assign users to groups and grant individual groups access rights to specific shares.

15.2 What You Can Do

• Use the main Groups screen (Section 15.3 on page 293) to display and manage a list of groups created on the NSA.
• Use the Add Group screen (Section 15.3.1 on page 294) to create new groups.
• Use the Edit Group screen (Section 15.3.1 on page 294) to edit the properties of an existing group.

15.3 The Groups Screen

Use this screen to create and manage groups.

Click Sharing > Groups to display the screen shown next.

Figure 168 Sharing > Groups

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 102 Sharing > Groups

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add Group Click this to open	a screen where you can configure a new group.
Search Click this to display	a search field. Type the name of a group and then clickSearch to look up the group you specified. Click Clear to close the search function.
Edit Group Select a group and click this to open a screen where you can edit the properties of the selected group.
Delete Selected Group(s)	Select a group and click this to open a screen where you can delete the group.
Display Number Click the drop-down menu to set how many groups you want to display in one screen.
Go to Page Click the drop-down menu to select a page number. Jump to a different page to display and access more groups.
Status This field displays the group icon.
Group Name This field displays the group names created on the NSA.

15.3.1 Adding or Editing a Group

Use this screen to create or edit a NSA group.

Click the Add Group button in the Groups screen to open the following screen. Click the Edit Group button in the screen shown previously to edit an existing group.

Figure 169 Sharing > Groups > Add or Edit a Group

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 103 Sharing > Groups > Add or Edit a Group

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Group Name	Type a name from 1 to 32 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. See Section 15.3.2 on page 295 for more details on group names.
Group Membership	Use this field to assign group membership to individual users.
Available User(s) This field lists the user accounts created on the NSA that are not members of the current group.
Group Membership This field lists the user accounts added to the group.
Add Selected User(s)	Select a user account from the Available Users list and click this to add the account to the group.
Remove Selected User(s)	Select a user account from the Group Membership list and click this to remove the account from the group.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

15.3.2 Group Names

Enter a group name from 1 to 32 characters. The first character must be alphabetical (case insensitive, [A-Z a-z]); numeric characters are not allowed as the first character.

The group name can only contain the following characters:

• Alphanumeric A-z 0-9. Unicode usernames are supported with CIFS logins, but not FTP or web configurator logins.
• Spaces
• _ [underscores]
  • . [ periods ]
• [ d a s h e s ]

Other limitations on group names are:

- All leading and trailing spaces are removed automatically.

• Multiple spaces within names are converted to a single space.
• Group names are case insensitive. The group name cannot be the same (no matter the letter case) as an existing group. For example, if a group exists with the name 'FAMILY', you cannot create a group named 'family'.

• The group name cannot be the same as a system group name such as EVERYONE nor be the same as an existing group. Other reserved groups names that are not allowed are:

• nobody

• root
• every one

16.1 Overview

A share is a set of access permissions mapped to a specific folder on a volume. It is equivalent to the Windows concept of a shared folder. You can map a share to a network drive for easy and familiar file transfer for Windows users.

16.2 What You Can Do

• Use the Shares screen (Section 16.3 on page 297) to navigate a list of shares created on the NSA.
• Use the Add Shares screen (Section 16.3.1 on page 299) to create additional shares on the NSA.
• Use the Recycle Bin screen (Section 16.4 on page 301) to configure and clean up the recycle bins.
• Use the Edit Share screen (Section 16.3.1 on page 299) to edit a share's properties.
• Use the Share Browser screen (Section 16.5 on page 302) to navigate, add and edit the contents in a share.

16.3 The Shares Screen

Click Sharing > Shares in the navigation panel to open the following screen. This screen lists all shares created on the NSA.

Figure 170 Sharing > Shares

Status	Share Type	Share Name	Share Path	Share Owner	Permission Type
	Predefined	video	Volume1/video	admin	Public
	Predefined	photo	Volume1/photo	admin	Public
	Predefined	music	Volume1/music	admin	Public
	Auto-SATA	Volume1	Volume1/	admin	Private
	Built-in	public	Volume1/public	admin	Public
	Built-in	admin	Volume1/admin	admin	Private

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 104 Sharing > Shares

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add Share Click this to create a new share.
Recycle Bin Click this to configure recycle bins.
Edit Share Select a share and click this to edit the share.
Delete Share	Select a share and click this to remove or restrict access to the share. Disable Share "photo"I only want to disable this share so that no users are allowed access but the files continue to exist on the volume.I want to permanently delete all content associated with this share.Do you wish to proceed?[SKWZ] [XW5S]
Share Browser Select a share and click this to browse the share's contents.
Status This field displays the share icons.represents aBuilt-inshare on a volume on the internal hard drives.represents anAuto-SATA, Predefined, or User-Createdshare on a volume on the internal hard drives.represents anAutoorUser-Createdshare on a volume on the external (USB) devices.represents a disabled share that no user can access.represents a missing share. The NSA cannot find the hard disk associated with the share (the disk may be removed from the NSA for example). You may install the disk back to the NSA to recover the share, or you may delete the share from the NSA.
Share Type	The NSA automatically creates anAuto-SATAshare for each internal SATA volume. The auto-SATA share has the same name as the volume and is the volume's root (or "master") share. It contains all of the volume's shares. All new shares you create on the volume are also automatically included in the auto-SATA share. You cannot delete, edit, or use the share browser with the auto-SATA share.Note: Use the admin account to map the auto SATA share to a Windows network drive. This gives the administrator convenient access to all of the volume's shares through a single Windows network drive. External disk (volume) shares must still be mapped individually.This field displaysBuilt-infor system shares. You cannot delete these shares. These are the public and admin shares.This field displaysPredefinedfor default shares. You cannot delete these shares. These are the video, music, and photo shares.This field displaysUser-createdfor shares that an administrator has created. You can delete these shares.This field displaysAutofor shares that are automatically created on an external (USB) device when a user plugs in the device.
Share Name This field displays the share's names.
Share Path	This field displays the share's file path, for example, volume1/music.
Share Owner This is the name of the user account to which this share belongs.
Permission Type This field displays the access permission of a share.Everyone on the network can access a Public share.Only the share owner can access a Private share.An Advanced share allows you to assign specific access rights (read-only for example) to individual users/groups.

16.3.1 Adding or Editing Share

Click Add Share to create a new share. In the Shares screen, select a share and click Edit Share to open the following screen. Use this screen to create or edit a share.

Figure 171 Shares > Add Share (or Edit Share)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 105 Shares > Add Share (or Edit Share)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Share Name	Type a share name from 1 to 239 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing share. See Section 3.4.6 on page 41 for more information on share names.
Volume	You should have already created volumes (a single accessible storage area with a single file system) on the NSA. Select the one that contains the folder that you want to share out.You cannot modify this when editing a share.
Make this share owned by	Select the administrator or user account that can own (manage) this share. The share owner controls access rights to the share.
Enable this share	Click this to allow access to this share.
Enable Recycle Bin	Click this to activate the recycle bin. When you delete a file from this share, a recycle folder is created to store the deleted item.
Publish this share to Media Server	This shows only when you enable the Media Server (Section 9.5 on page 178).Select this option to have the NSA share files in this folder with media clients. When you publish a share, you can also select whether or not to publish music tracks, photos, and videos. The media clients do not have to use a password to play the shares you publish.
Publish this share to Web	This shows only when you enable theWeb Publish(Section 9.8 on page 193).Select this option to let people use a web browser to access this share's files without logging into theHome screens.
Share Access	Assign access rights (full, read only or deny) to users or groups. If you publish the share to the media server or the web, all users will have at least read-only access to the share, regardless of what you configure here.Keep it private to ownermeans only the share owner (selected above) can access the share.Make it Publicmeans every user (including people who do not have accounts on the NSA) can access the share.Advancedallows you to assign specific access rights (full, read only or deny) to individual users/groups.
Edit	This button is available only when you selectAdvancedshare access. Click this to configure advanced share access rights.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Cancel Click this to	return to the previous screen without saving.

16.3.2 Configuring Advanced Share Access

In the Sharing > Shares > Add Share or Edit Share screen, select Advanced from the Share Access drop-down list. Click Edit to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure share access rights for individual users and groups.

Figure 172 Sharing > Shares > Add Share (or Edit Share) > Advanced

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 106 Sharing > Shares > Add Share (or Edit Share) > Advanced

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Available Users/Groups	This field lists the users/groups to which you can assign access rights.
Authority Use this field to assign access rights to users/groups.Full Control gives users/groups full access (read, write and execute) to all files contained within this share.Read-Only gives users/groups read-only access (they cannot modify nor execute) to all files contained within this share.Deny blocks access (users/groups cannot read, modify, nor execute) to all files contained within this share.Among all access rights, Deny has the highest priority. For example, User A belongs to Group 1. You assign User A full access rights to the Music share but deny access rights to Group 1. Then User A cannot access the Music share.Note: If you deny access to all users, no-one can use the share, not even the administrator.
	Click an arrow button to move users/groups between the left and right fields. Use the arrow buttons to assign access rights to users/groups.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

16.3.3 Public and ANONYMOUS Share Access Rights

If you make a share public, users do not need to log in.

With ANONYMOUS FTP, you must enter either 'anonymous' or 'ftp' as the username. Any other name is considered a username, so must be valid and have a corresponding correct password.

16.4 The Recycle Bin Configuration Screen

Use this screen to periodically clean up items in all recycle bins.

16.4.1 Recycle Bins

Recycle bins in the NSA help users recover accidentally deleted files or folders in the shares. When you delete an item, a recycle folder is created within the share to hold the deleted item.

Every share can have its own recycle folder. You must enable the recycle-bin function to recycle deleted items. You can configure this setting when you add or edit a share. See Section 16.3.1 on page 299 for details on activating the recycle bin in a share.

Later if you want to retrieve a deleted item, you can locate the item in the recycle folder. You may move or copy the deleted item to another share.

16.4.2 Configuring Recycle Bins

In the Sharing > Shares screen, click Recycle Bin to open the following screen.

Figure 173 Sharing > Shares > Recycle Bin

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 107 Sharing > Shares > Recycle Bin

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Clean Recycle Bin every N days	Specify how often you want to clear the contents in all recycle bins. The specified days correspond to how long a file has been stored in a recycle bin. For example, if you set the interval to be 3 days, recycle bins will clean up items deleted or not accessed for 3 days.Note: Cleaning up recycle bins permanently removes the files from the NSA.
Clean all recycle bins now	Click this to immediately remove contents from all recycle bins.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

16.5 The Share Browser Screen

Use this screen to create folders, upload files, and edit files within the share.

Figure 174 Sharing > Shares > Share Browser

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 108 Sharing > Shares > Share Browser

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Create Folder	Type a folder name and clickApplyto make a new folder. The name can be 1 to 239 single-byte (no Chinese characters allowed for example) ASCII characters. The name cannot be the same as another existing folder in the same path. SeeSection 3.4.6 on page 41for more information on folder names.
Upload	Click this to add files to the share. UseBrowseto locate a file and clickApplyto upload the file. Note that the size of each file should be less than 2 GB.
Rename	Select a folder or file and click this to open a screen. Enter the name you want and click OK to make the changes.Note: When you change a file name, make sure you keep the file extension
Delete	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to open a warning screen. ClickYesto delete the file/folder, or clickNoto close the screen.
Move	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to relocate the file/folder to another share.
Copy	Select a file/folder from the list and click this to make a duplicate of the file/folder to another share.
Current location	This is the name of the share and folder path that you are in.
Type	The icon in this column identifies the entry as a folder or a file. Click a music or video file's play icon to play the file.The folder with an arrow pointing up is for the link that takes you to the next higher layer in the share's folder tree.
Name This section	lists the share's existing folders or files. Click to the right of the file/folder nameto select the file/folder. You can also click the folder's name to navigate to a sub-folder within the folder.
Size This field displays size of the file.
Modified Date This field displays a file's latest modification date.
Close Click this to close the screen.

16.5.1 Moving or Copying Files

Use this screen to move or copy files to another share.

In the Share Browser screen, select a file or folder and click Move or Copy to open the following screen.

Figure 175 Sharing > Shares > Share Browser > Move (or Copy)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 109 Sharing > Shares > Share Browser > Move (or Copy)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Shares Select the destination share from the drop-down list.
Path	This field displays the share folder's path. You can useBrowse to find or create a folder on the NSA or type the location of the folder using forward slashes as branch separators.
Browse Click this to open the following screen and navigate to the location of the file/folder.Current Location - This is the location of the selected folder.Folder Name - Enter a new folder name and clickto create it.Type - This identifies the item as a folder or file.Name - This is the name of the folder/file.Select a folder. If you don't select a folder, a forward slash (/) displays in thePathfield. All contents within the specified share are automatically selected.ClickApplyto save your settings andCancelto close the screen.
Yes	Click this to move or copy the file/folder to the designated share.
Close	Click this to return to theShare Browserscreen.

Maintenance Screens

17.1 Overview

This chapter discusses the Maintenance screens. The Maintenance screens allow you to manage system configurations.

17.2 What You Can Do

• Use the Power screen (Section 17.3 on page 305) to configure power settings for the NSA, including power saving, UPS, power on/off after power failure, power on/off schedule, and Wake on LAN.
• Use the Log screen (Section 17.4 on page 309) to check the system's logs.
• Use the Configuration screen (Section 17.5 on page 313) to backup or restore the NSA configuration file.
• Use the SSL screen (Section 17.6 on page 314) to configure HTTPS and the NSA's SSL certificate.
• Use the Shutdown screen (Section 17.7 on page 316) to restart or shut down your NSA.

17.3 The Power Screen

Use this screen to manage power settings for the NSA.

17.3.1 Notes on NSA-310

Note: The NSA-310 does not power on after power failure.

Note: You cannot configure a schedule to power on the NSA-310.

Click Maintenance > Power to display the following screen.

Figure 176 Maintenance > Power

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 110 Maintenance > Power

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Power Management
Turn off hard disk(s)	Enter the number of minutes to wait when the NSA is idle before spinning the hard disks down to sleep (hibernation). The default time is 15 minutes.
Minimum UPS Capacity
Minimum UPS Capacity	When you use an APC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) with a USB connection to the NSA, the NSA shuts itself down if the APC UPS's battery charge gets down to the percentage you specify in this field. This allows the NSA to shut down properly and avoid data loss caused by a power failure when the UPS stops supplying power.A setting around 50% is recommended. A setting close to 100% is not recommended since it would cause the NSA to shut down whenever the UPS is charging. A setting close to 0 is also not recommended since the UPS would not have enough power to allow the NSA to shutdown properly.
Power On After Power Failure	Select an option to set whether or not the NSA restarts when the power is restored after a power failure.Note: This feature is not supported on NSA310.
Keep Former Status	Select this option to have the NSA automatically restart only if it was operating when the power failed. The NSA remains off if it was already off when the power failed.
Always Power On	Select this option to keep the NSA operating as much of the time as possible. The NSA restarts automatically even if it was turned off when the power failed.
Always Power Off	Select this option to keep the NSA from automatically restarting when the power is restored after a power failure. This is a computer's “traditional” behavior. Select this if you have other servers such as a domain controller or DNS server that you want to start or check after a power failure before the NSA turns on.
Power On/Off Schedule
Enable Power Control Schedule	Select this option to have the NSA turn itself off and on or reboot according to the schedules you configured.Click Edit to go to the screen where you can configure the power control schedules.Refer to Section 17.3.2 on page 308 for this screen.Note: This feature is not supported on NSA310.
Enable Wake On LAN	Enable Wake On LAN to be able to turn on the NSA through its wired Ethernet connection.You must have a computer or router on your LAN that supports sending Wake On LAN “magic packets” to turn on the NSA.To use Wake On LAN from a computer on your LAN, install a program such as Wake On LAN EX or another Wake On LAN program that supports sending magic packets.You can use Wake On LAN from a remote location if the router in front of the NSA supports sending magic packets.Use the NSA’s power button or the Web Configurator’s Maintenance > Shutdown menu to turn off the NSA.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Reset Click this to	restore previously saved settings.

17.3.2 Editing the Power Control Schedule Screen

Click Maintenance > Power Management > Edit to open this screen. Use this screen to configure power control schedules to have the NSA turn on, turn off, or reboot at specified times.

Figure 177 Maintenance > Power Management > Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 111 Maintenance > Power Management > Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Power Control Schedule List	This table lists the power on, power off, and reboot schedules. For example, you could have one schedule to turn the NSA on every morning, at 8:00, another schedule to turn it off every evening at 18:00, and a third schedule to have it reboot every Friday at 14:00.Click a column's heading cell to sort the schedules by that column's criteria. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order.
Type	This field displays whether the power control schedule has the NSA turn on, turn off, or reboot.
Frequency	This field shows how often (monthly, weekly, or daily) the NSA is to apply this power control schedule.
Execute Time	This field shows when the NSA is to use this power control schedule (when the NSA is to turn on, turn off, or reboot).
Actions	Click the Delete icon to remove a power control schedule from the list.
Add Power Control Schedule	Use this part of the screen to configure power on, power off, and reboot times.
Type	Select whether this power control schedule has the NSA turn on, turn off, or reboot.
Frequency Select	whether the NSA is to apply this power control schedule entry on a monthly, weekly, or daily basis.
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Execute Time (hh:mm)	Enter the time, day, and/or day of the month as appropriate for this power control schedule entry. Leave more than 10 minutes between the execution times of the entries.If the NSA turns off or restarts while a user is transferring files to or from the NSA, the transfer fails. The user will need to restart the transfer.The NSA skips a scheduled restart or power off if the execution time comes while the NSA is doing any of the following:Resynchronizing a RAIDUpgrading firmwareReplacing the configuration fileIf the NSA is turned off at the time when a restart or power off is scheduled, the NSA does not perform the restart or power off.If the NSA is turned on at the time when a power on is scheduled, the NSA does not perform the power on.
Use this part of the screen to configure power on, power off, and reboot times.
Please select the day of the month	This is only available if you set the Frequency to Monthly.Choose the day of each month for the power control schedule entry.
Every how many weeks?	This is only available if you set the Frequency to Weekly.Enter the interval between weeks and choose the day of the week for the power control schedule entry.
Every how many days?	This is only available if you set the Frequency to Daily.Enter the interval between days for the power control schedule entry.
Add Click this to add the power control schedule to the list.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

17.4 The Log Screen

Click Maintenance > Log to open the following screen.

Use this screen to display all NSA logs. There are at most 512 entries in the log. Older logs are removed by the system. You cannot download the log file via FTP or CIFS.

Figure 178 Maintenance > Log

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 112 Maintenance > Log

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Click this to update the log display.
Purge all Logs Click this to erase all logs from the NSA.
Report Config Click this to open a screen where you can configure email alerts for logs.Refer to Section 17.4.1 on page 310 to see the screens for this.
Display	The screen always shows all logs by default. Choose a specific log category to view logs for just that category.
# This is the log entry's number in the list according to the currently selected sort order.
Time	This shows the date and time the log was created. Click the top of the column to sort by oldest or newest.
Class	This displays the log category; see Table 120 on page 317for details.
Severity	This displays how serious the log is rated by the NSA. See Table 121 on page 318for more information.
Message	This displays a description of the log. Click the top of the column to sort by alphabetical or reverse alphabetical order.

17.4.1 Report Config Screen

In the Log screen, click Report Config to do the following:

• Use the Email Setting screen (Section 17.4.2 on page 311) to enable and configure e-mail alerts from the NSA.
• Use the Report Setting screen (Section 17.4.3 on page 312) to select the type of alerts you want to receive through e-mail and schedule when the NSA e-mails the alerts.

- Use the Syslog Server Setting screen (Section 17.4.4 on page 312) to enable the syslog server and select the categories to include in the log report.

17.4.2 Email Setting

You can enable and configure e-mail alerts from the NSA. In the Report Config screen, click the Email Setting tab to open the following screen.

Figure 179 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Email Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 113 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Email Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Log Email Click this to have the NSA e-mail log alerts to your e-mail account.
Email To Enter the e-mail address where you want to receive the log alerts.
Email From Enter the e-mail address the NSA uses in the From field of the e-mail header for its log alerts.
Email Server Enter the e-mail server address the NSA uses to send e-mail alerts,
Email Format Select the e-mail format you want the NSA to use in its e-mail alerts.
Use SMTP Authentication	Click this if the e-mail server you want the NSA to use for its e-mail alerts requires a username and password.
User Enter the username for the e-mail server.
Password Enter the password for the e-mail server.
Password (Confirm)	Re-enter the password to confirm it.
After apply settings, send a test email	Click this to have the NSA send a test e-mail to the settings you have entered.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

17.4.3 Report Setting

You can select the type of alerts you want to receive through e-mail and schedule when the NSA e-mails the alerts. In the Report Config screen, click the Report Setting tab to open the following screen.

Figure 180 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Report Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 114 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Report Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Email Alert Check the type of log alerts you want to receive in your e-mail.Select All Log to include all types of log alerts.
Email Report Check the type of log alerts you want to receive in your e-mail.Select All Log to include all types of log alerts.
Report Time	Select how often (Weekly, Daily or Hourly), what day in the week (Monday to Sunday) and which time (hour:minutes) the NSA delivers its e-mail alerts.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving.

17.4.4 Syslog Server Setting

You can enable the syslog server and select the categories to include in the log report. In the Report Config screen, click the Syslog Server Setting tab to open the following screen.

Figure 181 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Syslog Server Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 115 Maintenance > Log > Report Config: Syslog Server Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Syslog Server	Check this to enable syslog server.
Server Address Enter the syslog server address you want the NSA to use for its log alerts.
In the table below, check the type of log alerts you want to receive in your e-mail. Select All Log to include all types of log alerts.
Apply Click this to	save your changes.
Cancel Click this to	return to the previous screen without saving.

17.5 The Configuration Screen

Click Maintenance > Configuration to open the following screen. Use this screen to backup or restore the NSA configuration settings.

Figure 182 Maintenance > Configuration

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 116 Maintenance > Configuration

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Backup Current Configuration Settings
Backup	Click this to save the current configuration of the NSA to your computer. A pop-up screen appears asking you to confirm. Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit.
Restore Configuration	When you restore a file configuration, the NSA checks the volumes/share paths on the NSA and the configuration file.If the volume exists but the share path is missing in the NSA, the NSA automatically creates this share path.If the volume does not exist on the NSA, the Status of the share will show “missing share icon” in Shares screen (see Table 104 on page 298).
Browse Click this to locate a previously-saved configuration file.

Table 116 Maintenance > Configuration

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Restore	Click this to load the previously-saved configuration file to the NSA. This replaces your current NSA configuration settings with the settings in the previously-saved configuration file.A pop-up screen appears asking you to confirm. Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit.
Reset MySQL Database Password	Click this to reset the password for your MySQL database.

17.6 SSL Certification

Click Maintenance > SSL to open this screen, where you can turn on HTTPS, create a public key certificate, or upload a public key certificate that was issued by a known certificate authority.

Figure 183 Maintenance > SSL

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 117 Maintenance > SSL

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Force HTTPS	Select theForce HTTPsoption to turn on the NSA's web browser security.Anyone who connects via HTTPS to the NSA must install the public key certificate associated with it.Note: The NSA will restart the web configurator after you clickApply.The NSA displays a warning screen if applying your change may disconnect some users. ClickApplyif you wantto continue.Warning ConfirmationThe following users are currently connected. If you decide to continue, they may be disconnected.Type Share Name Username IP AddressWeb admin 172.23.37.104CIFS music admin 172.23.37.104Performing this operation will cause some network services to temporarily disconnect.Apply Cancel
Install System Default CA	ClickDownloadbutton to save a copy of the NSA's public key certificate to your local computer. This is useful for installing the certificate without having to connect to the NSA, or for sending by email to other users for them to install prior to logging into the NSA for the first time. After saving the certificate to your computer, double-click it to install it.Note: Each web browser handles certificate installation differently.
Modify the Existing Certificate	SelectEdit a self-signed CA certificate, then follow the on-screen instructions for creating a public key certificate signed by the NSA as the local certificate authority.Note: Use certificates created and signed by the NSA if the device is not open to external access.SelectCreate a certificate authorized by other CA, then follow the on-screen instructions to install a certificate that has been authorized by a third-party certificate authority.Note: Use this method if the device is open to external access, such as allowing users to connect through the Internet using FTP over TLS or HTTPS.

17.6.1 Modifying or Creating a Certificate

When you select the Edit a self-signed CA certificate option, then click the Edit button, a screen opens to allow you to make adjustments to the NSA's public key certificate.

The screen is also the same for the Create a certificate authorized by other CA option.

Figure 184 Maintenance > SSL > Create or Edit a Certificate

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 118 Maintenance > SSL > Create or Edit a Certificate

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Common Name	This name describes the certificate's origin, either in the form of an IP address or a domain name.
Host IP Address	Select this option and enter the NSA's IP address if you want to use this for the common name.
Host Domain Name	Select this option and enter the NSA's domain name if you want to use this for the common name
Organizational Unit (Optional)	Enter this name of the organizational unit which owns or maintains the NSA. This is an optional field.
Organization (Optional)	Enter this name of the organization or company which owns or maintains the NSA. This is an optional field.
Country (Optional)	Enter this name of the country in which the NSA is located. This is an optional field.
Key Type	Select the certificate's key type, either RSA or DSA. RSA is a public-key encryption and digital signature algorithm, while DSA is only a digital signature algorithm.
Key Length Select the encryption key length. The longer the key, the better the encryption security. The only drawback to having a long key is that the file encrypted with it swells in size as well.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to discard changes and close the window.

17.7 The Shutdown Screen

Use this screen to turn off the NSA or perform a software restart. A software restart is faster than turning the NSA off and then turning it on again. Before shutting down or restarting, check the System Status > Active Sessions screen to make sure that no one is logged into the NSA or transferring files to or from the NSA.

Click Maintenance > Shutdown to open the following screen.

Figure 185 Maintenance > Shutdown

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 119 Maintenance > Shutdown

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Restart	Click this to have the device perform a software restart.
Shutdown Click this to	shut down the system and restart it again later.

When you click the Restart button a pop-up screen will appear asking you to confirm. Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit the restart.

Figure 186 Maintenance > Shutdown > Confirm Restart

When you click the Shutdown button a pop-up screen will appear asking you to confirm. Click OK to continue or Cancel to quit the shutdown.

Figure 187 Maintenance > Shutdown > Confirm Shutdown

17.8 Technical Reference

This section provides technical background information on the topics discussed in this chapter.

17.8.1 Log Classes

The following table shows information on log classes.

Table 120 Log Classes

LOG CATEGORY	DESCRIPTION
Users This log class shows information on user access to the NSA.
Shares This log class shows information on shares being created or deleted.
Services This log class shows information on the operation of the NSA's built-in services.
System This log class shows all other system related messages.
Network This log class shows information on network configuration, setting changes and so on.
Storage	This log class shows information on the NSA's internal and external storage activities.
Backup This log class shows information on all backup-related activities.
Auto Upload This log class shows information on automatic uploads done by the NSA.

17.8.2 Log Severity Levels

The following table shows information on log severity levels. Levels range from 0 to 6 with 0 being the most severe level log and 6 being an informational log only. Log levels are not displayed in the logs and are for your reference only.

Table 121 Log Severity Levels

LEVEL DESCRIPTION
0	E	m	e	r	g	e	n	c	y
1	A	l	e	r	t
2	C	r	i	t	i	c	a	l
3 Error
4 Warning
5	N	o	t	i	c	e
6	l	n	f	o

17.8.3 Log Messages

Here are some example log messages.

Table 122 Log Messages

CLASS SEVERITY MESSAGE
Auto upload INFO %s is queued.
Auto upload INFO %s uploaded (Flickr or YouTube Upload).
Auto upload WARNING error uploading "%s" (%s): %s
Auto upload	INFO	%s will not be uploaded to %s for there is already a duplicate file.
Auto upload	INFO Failed to upload %s to %s (FTP Upload) : %s
Auto upload	INFO Successfully upload %s to %s (FTP Upload)
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR	[USB %s] Backup Folder Does Not Exist.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR	[USB %s] Target Folder Does Not Exist.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR	[USB Sync] Failed at %s: It is a Folder in Internal Volume. But It is not a Folder in USB.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR	[USB Sync] Failed at %s: It is a Folder in USB. But It is not a Folder in Internal Volume.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR	[USB Sync] Failed at File %s.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR [USB Sync] Sync Failed at Folder %s.
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR Modify COPY/SYNC Button Configuration: %s
Copy/Sync Button	ERROR Please Change Your Folder Name. Invalid Path: %s
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Copying %s from Internal Volume to Backup Folder.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Copying %s from Internal Volume to USB.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Copying %s from USB to Backup Folder.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Copying %s from USB to Internal Volume.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Deleting %s from Internal Volume.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Deleting %s from USB.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Deleting %s from USB Recursively.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Finished. Elapsed Time %s Seconds.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Moving %s from Internal Volume to Backup Folder.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Moving %s from USB to Backup Folder
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB ync] Skip %s: File not Exist
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USBync] Skip %s: Not a Regular File.
Copy/Sync Button	INFO [USB $ync] Start Pre-Processing: Generating File Lists.
Copy/Sync Button	NOTICE [USB Sync] Start Copying Files.
Download Service	ERROR Download service cannot find a volume
Download Service	ERROR Download service failed to find ipfilter.dat
Download Service	INFO Download service add a URL download job %s
Download Service	INFO Download service delete %s by user
Download Service	INFO Download service download %s error (0x%08x)
Download Service	INFO Download service download %s finished in %s
Download Service	INFO Download service found a new torrent file %s
Download Service	INFO Download service initialized
Download Service	INFO Download service pause %s by user
Download Service	INFO Download service set %s to %s priority by user
Download Service	INFO Download service set default download location to %s
Download Service	INFO Download service set max P2P download rate to %d KB/s by user
Download Service	INFO Download service set max P2P upload rate to %d KB/s by user
Download Service	INFO Download service set max download slot to %d
Download Service	INFO Download service set seeding time to %d minutes
Download Service	INFO Download service set TCP port to %d and UDP port to %d
Download Service	INFO Download service set torrent monitor location to %s
Download Service	INFO Download service start to download %s
Download Service	INFO Download service stopped
Download Service	INFO Download service suspend %s because of no data income detected or to limit max download slot
Download Service	INFO Download service add comment %s to %s by user
Download Service	INFO Download service set min upload/download ratio to %d%
Download Service	INFO Download service set max seed slot to %d
Download Service	INFO Download service start loading ipfilter.dat
Download Service	INFO Download service clear all ipfilter rules
Download Service	INFO Download service blocked peer removed from peer list
Download Service	INFO Download service disconnected blocked peer
Download Service	INFO Download service incoming connection blocked by IP filter
Download Service	INFO Download service peer from tracker blocked by IP filter
Download Service	INFO Download service abort loading ipfilter.dat
Download Service	INFO Download service will update ipfilter.dat from %s after %d day(s)
Download Service	INFO Download service added %d rules from ipfilter.dat
Download Service	INFO Download service detected invalid ip range %s in ipfilter.dat
Download Service	WARNING Download service default location does not exist. Load default
Download Service	WARNING Download service default torrent location does not exist. Load default
Groups NOTICE	Add new group %s.
Groups NOTICE	Delete group %s.
Network NOTICE %s is active because of changing Port Group. Enable DHCP client.
Network NOTICE %s is inactive because of changing Port Group. Disable DHCP client.
Network NOTICE %s MTU > (%s MTU - 8), %s may not work correctly.
Network NOTICE (%s MTU - 8) < %s MTU, %s may not work correctly.
Network NOTICE Add interface %s.
Network	NOTICE	Because %s link down. Default route will not apply until %s link up.
Network	NOTICE	Because base interface %s will be disabled. Interface %s is disabled now., base_ud_iface
Network NOTICE Network Config setting is changed
Network NOTICE Interface %s was disabled.
Network NOTICE Interface %s was enabled.
Network	NOTICE	Port Group on %s is changed. Renew DHCP client.
Network NOTICE Account pppoe was changed
Network NOTICE Add account pppoe
Network NOTICE ADD interface ppp0
Network	NOTICE	Interface ppp0 will reapply because Device-Ha become active status.
Network	NOTICE	Interface ppp0 will reapply because Device-Ha is not running.
Network NOTICE Network port is disabled
Network NOTICE Network port is enabled
Services INFO HTTP management port has changed to %s
Services INFO Clock timezone is set to GMT%s
Services INFO Clock timezone is set to default
Services INFO Clock daylight saving is enabled
Services INFO Clock daylight saving is disabled
Services INFO Clock has disable daylight saving
Services INFO MyClock has enable daylight saving
Services INFO MyClock has set timezone to %s
Services INFO MyClock has set timezone to default
Services INFO The date and time are updated from NTP server.
Services INFO The date and time are updated manually.
Services INFO The time is updated manually.
Services NOTICE FTP server stops
Services NOTICE FTP server starts
Services NOTICE MyClock has changed daylight saving interval
Services NOTICE MyClock has disabled daylight saving interval
Services NOTICE NTP server has set to '%s'
Services NOTICE NTP server has set to null
Services NOTICE The NTP service is disabled.
Services NOTICE The NTP service is enabled.
Services WARNING Reaching Maximum Allowed Rules
Services WARNING Rule is empty
Services WARNING The Rule Does Not Exist
Shares INFO Ex-pire recycle-bin finish for share %s, process time: %s seconds, remove %s file (%s bytes)
Shares NOTICE Add new disabled share %s for unshared folder: %s in volume: %s.
Shares NOTICE Add new share %s.
Shares NOTICE Delete share %s.
Shares NOTICE Purge all files in recycle-bin folder in share: %s.
Shares NOTICE Recycle-bin disabled. Remove recycle-bin folder in share: %s.
Storage ERROR Eject External Disk (%s): FAILED
Storage INFO Eject External Disk (%s): SUCCESS
Storage ERROR Relabel Raid to [%s]: FAILED
Storage ERROR Start Repairing Degraded Raid by disk%s: FAILED
Storage INFO Relabel Raid to [%s]: SUCCESS
Storage INFO Start Repairing Degraded Raid by disk%s: SUCCESS
Storage NOTICE Auto Repair Degraded RAID by disk%s.
Storage NOTICE There is a RAID Degraded.
Storage ERROR Cancel External Volume Scan: FAILED
Storage ERROR Cancel Internal Volume Scan: FAILED
Storage ERROR Cannot Unmount Volume and RAID. System Busy Using Volume and RAID: Please Reboot and Try Again
Storage ERROR Create External Normal Volume [%s] (%s): FAILED
Storage ERROR Create Internal Volume [%s] (%s): FAILED
Storage ERROR Rename External Volume to [%s]: FAILED
Storage ERROR Scan External Volume: FAILED
Storage ERROR Scan Internal Volume (%s operation): FAILED
Storage INFO Cancel Internal Volume Scan: SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Normal Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create Internal Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage INFO Create External Volume [%s] (%s): SUCCESS
Storage Information Update Failed
System INFO NTP update failed
System INFO NTP updates successfully from %s
System INFO NTP fails to update from %s
System INFO Device is rebooted by administrator!
System INFO Device is shutdown by administrator!
System NOTICE DNS server is changed.
System NOTICE Hostname is cleared.
System NOTICE Hostname is set to '%s'.
System NOTICE System description is changed.
System NOTICE System description is empty now.
System NOTICE DNS server setting is changed
System NOTICE DNS server address is changed to be given from DHCP server
System NOTICE DNS server address is changed to be assigned by user
System NOTICE Name server is changed.
USB NOTICE An external APC UPS device is plugged/unplugged.
USB	NOTICE	An external Mass Storage device is plugged/unplugged.
USB NOTICE An external Printer device is plugged/unplugged.
USB NOTICE An external USB hub device is plugged/unplugged.
Users ALERT Failed %s login attempt (incorrect password or inexistent username)
Users ALERT Failed %s login attempt (incorrect password or inexistent username)
Users INFO User %s has logged in from %s!
Users INFO User %s has logged out from %s!
Users INFO User %s from %s has been logged out (re-auth timeout)!
Users INFO User %s from %s has been logged out (lease timeout)!
Users NOTICE Add new user %s by %s from %s.
Users NOTICE User %s password has been changed.
Users NOTICE Delete user %s by %s from %s.
Users	NOTICE	The user %s from %s has attempted to change the user %s password but old password verification fail.
Users NOTICE User %s on %u.%u.%u.%u has been denied access from %s
Users NOTICE User %s password has been changed by %s from %s.
Backup/Restore	ERROR When query remote target [%s]: %s
Backup/Restore	INFO Backup job [%s] successfully
Backup/Restore	ERROR When backup [%s]: %s
Backup/Restore	ERROR When backup [%s], error happens: %s
Backup/Restore	INFO Start to restore backup job [%s].
Backup/Restore	INFO Restore backup job [%s] successfully.
Backup/Restore	ERROR Restore backup job [%s] failed: %s
Backup/Restore	INFO Start to restore backup job [%s] from [%s].
Backup/Restore	INFO Restore from [%s] successfully.
Backup/Restore	ERROR Restore from [%s] failed: %s
Backup/Restore	ERROR When restore [%s]: %s
Backup/Restore	ERROR When restore job [%s], error happens: %s
Power Management	INFO Job [%s] is triggered by schedule
Power Management	INFO Job [%s] is triggered by user
Power Management	ERROR Job [%s] is resulted as failed
Power Management	INFO Job [%s] is finished successfully
Power Management	INFO Job [%s] is pending because other job is running
Power Management	INFO Job [%s] is canceled by user
Power Management	INFO Restore job [%s] is triggered by user
Power Management	INFO [Power On] schedule is triggered.
Power Management	INFO [Power Off] schedule is triggered.
Power Management	INFO [Reboot] schedule is triggered.

Protecting Your Data

18.1 Overview

This chapter compares the different ways of protecting data on the NSA and explains how to use backup management software included on the CD.

18.2 Protection Methods

There are a variety of ways to protect your data on the NSA. Below is a summary table of what can be done in each situation.

Table 123 Overview of Protection Methods

SITUATION ACTION
Unexpected NSA behavior after configuration changes	Back up the NSA configuration file before you make major configuration changes.
Need to transfer data from your computer to the NSA after volume(s) have been created	Backup your data to a computer or other storage devices.
Data infected by virus Use anti-virus software on your computer to scan files before saving them onto the NSA. Although this may be slow so you may want to schedule it to occur while no one is using the NSA.Use a firewall with anti-virus capability on your network.
Hard drive malfunction. Use RAID.
NSA malfunctionNetwork downNatural disaster such as a fire or earthquake occurs where your NSA is located	Back up data to another NSA or external USB hard drive.

The following sections describe these methods in more detail. See Section 7.6.3 on page 161 for more information on RAID.

18.3 Configuration File Backup and Restoration

Use the Maintenance > Configuration menus to create a file of your NSA configurations such as passwords, shares and volumes created, network settings and so on. If you're going to do some major configuration changes, then it is advisable to create a configuration backup file. If things go wrong after you make the configuration changes, you can always go back to the previous configuration by restoring an earlier configuration file.

If you forgot the NSA password, then use the RESET button (see Section 1.1.4 on page 19) to return the NSA to the factory default configuration.

Note: Configuration File Backup and Restoration does not affect data (your files and folders), volumes on the NSA.

19.1 Troubleshooting Overview

This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential problems are divided into the following categories.

• Power, Hardware, Connections, and LEDs
• NAS Starter Utility
• NSA Login and Access
• I Cannot Access The NSA
- Users Cannot Access the NSA
- External USB Drives
- Firmware
- File Transfer
- Networking
- Some Features' Screens Do Not Display
• Media Server Functions
- Download Service and Broadcatching Functions
- Web Publishing
- Auto Upload
• Package Management
- Backups

19.2 Power, Hardware, Connections, and LEDs

The NSA PWR LED does not turn on (no LEDs are on).

• Make sure the NSA is turned on.
• Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the NSA.
• Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the NSA and plugged in to an appropriate power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.
• Turn the NSA off and on.
• If the problem continues, contact the vendor.

An HDD LED is off.

The HDD LED is off when the NSA cannot detect a hard drive in the drive bay. Replace or install a hard drive. See Installing or replacing a hard disk.

An HDD LED is red.

Red means that the NSA detected an error on the hard drive (like a bad sector for example). The NSA automatically tries to recover a bad sector, but the LED stays red until the NSA restarts. Even if the hard drive still functions, it is recommended that you replace it since errors are a sign that the hard drive may fail soon. See Installing or replacing a hard disk.

Installing or replacing a hard disk.

Do not remove or install a hard disk while the NSA is turned on. The NSA must be turned off before you remove or install the hard disk.

1 Turn the NSA off, remove the front panel and make sure:

• there is a SATA I or SATA II (3.0 Gbit/s) compatible hard disk installed.
• the hard disk is installed correctly in the disk bay. Push the disk back into the NSA disk bay until the hard disk is fitted snugly inside the NSA (see the NSA Quick Start Guide and Section 7.2.1 on page 152).
• the hard disk could be faulty. Try a different hard drive or test the original hard disk in a different NSA or computer.

2 If you had to replace the drive, turn on the NSA and go to the Storage screen.

• If you have a RAID I volume click the Repair icon next to the new drive.
• If you are using RAID 0 you will need to recreate the whole volume. All of your data is lost.
• If you are using a single-disk JBOD volume, you need to create a new volume on the new drive.
• If you are using a two-disk JBOD volume, you need to create a whole new volume on both drives.

The LAN LED (by the LAN port) is off.

- Make sure the Ethernet cable is connected properly to the NSA and connected to another (Ethernet) device. Make sure the other device is turned on. If it's connected directly to a computer, make sure that the computer network card is working (ping 127.0.0.1 on the computer).

• Use another Ethernet cable. If you're connecting to a Gigabit Ethernet, make sure you're using an 8-wire Ethernet cable.
• If the problem continues, contact the vendor.

See Section 20.1 on page 345 for a description of NSA LEDs.

The NSA turns off or reboots by itself.

Check the Power Management screen. This is where you configure power settings for the NSA, including power saving, UPS, power on/off during power failure and power on/off schedule. The NSA may be set to turn off under certain conditions.

A power failure occurred while the NSA is downloading files.

• If power failure occurs during the active download period, the NSA will verify whether the downloaded files were damaged.
• If a file is corrupted, the NSA will download the file again.
• If the file is intact but not completely downloaded, the NSA will resume the download task after it restarts.

19.3 NAS Starter Utility

The NAS Starter Utility cannot discover my NSA.

• Close the NAS Starter Utility and reopen it.
• Check your hardware connections and make sure they are set up correctly.
• Only one instance of the NAS Starter Utility can run on your computer. Make sure you close any duplicate windows for this application.
• Wait for the SYS LED to stop blinking before clicking Discover.
• Confirm that the computer running the NAS Starter Utility has a network connection. See the section on the NSA's LAN connection for related information.
• The computer running the NAS Starter Utility can only discover NSAs in the same subnet. NSAs connected to the same switch or router as your NAS Starter Utility computer are usually in the same subnet unless the router is doing subnetting or the switch is implementing VLAN.

The NAS Starter Utility discovered my NSA but the status is always unreachable, even though I can access it.

You may need to add the NAS Starter Utility to your software firewall's allow list or lower your software firewall or anti-virus scanner's security level. Alternatively you may have to configure your software firewall or other security software to allow UDP port 50127 traffic from the NSA. If there is a hardware firewall between you and the NSA, configure it to allow UDP port 50127 traffic from the NSA.

I was able to access the NSA on a previous attempt but I cannot access the NSA anymore.

If you enable jumbo frames on the NSA in a network that does not support them, you will lose access to the NSA. If this occurs, you will have to restore the factory default configuration. The reset process does NOT affect the volume settings, nor data stored on the NSA. Press the RESET button until you hear two beeps. After the second beep, continue pressing the button for five more seconds, then release it. You will hear three quick beeps after you release the button.

I have at least two NSAs in my network, how do I identify which one I want to configure in the NAS Starter Utility screens.

If you have several NSAs connected to your computer/network, give each a unique name. You may have to disconnect all but one and use the NAS Starter Utility to rename it. Then connect another NSA and rename it and continue to connect and rename the NSAs one-by-one until they are all connected and each has a unique name.

Alternatively, if you have a DHCP server on your network and you can access it's list of assigned IP addresses, you could see which IP address belongs to which NSA. You can check the MAC address of your NSA by checking the attached sticker in the device housing.

19.4 NSA Login and Access

I forgot the server name of the NSA.

• The default server name is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example).
• Use the NAS Starter Utility to discover your NSA. If you have admin privileges, you can directly change the IP address of the NSA using the NAS Starter Utility.
• If the server name has changed and you don't have the NAS Starter Utility, see Section 1.1.4 on page 19 to use the RESET button to return to the default setting.

I cannot get to the NSA login screen.

• Use the NAS Starter Utility to discover your NSA. If you have admin privileges, you can directly change the IP address of the NSA using the NAS Starter Utility.
• Make sure you have used the NAS Starter Utility to initialize your NSA.
• If you used the RESET button, the NSA may have a new IP address. Close and reopen the NAS Starter Utility to discover the NSA.
• Make sure the NSA is turned on.
• If you are trying to login directly by typing the server name into your web browser's address field, make sure you are using the correct server name as the web site address.
• The default server name is 'nsa' followed by the number of your model ('nsa320' for example). If you have changed the server name, use the new one.
• If the server name has been changed and you do not know the new server name, see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the server name of the NSA.
• If it still doesn't work, try using the NAS Starter Utility.
• Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See the Quick Start Guide and Section 20.1 on page 345.
• By default, the NSA gets an IP address automatically. The NSA assigns itself an IP address if no device assigns one. If your computer is also set to get an IP address automatically, the computer and the NSA can both assign themselves IP addresses and communicate. See Section 8.4 on page 166 if you need to configure the NSA with a static IP address.
• If you are connecting to the NSA by its IP address, make sure you use the correct one. If the NSA has a wired Ethernet connection and a wireless connection through an attached USB wireless dongle, the NSA has a different IP address for each connection. To connect through the wired Ethernet connection, use the wired Ethernet connection's IP address. To connect through the wireless connection, use the wireless connection's IP address.
• Make sure your computer's IP address is in the same subnet as the NSA's IP address. You can use the NAS Starter Utility to find the NSA's IP address. Skip this if you know that there are routers between your computer and the NSA.
• Ping the NSA from your computer. Make sure your computer's Ethernet adapter is installed and functioning properly. In a (Windows) computer, click Start, (All) Programs, Accessories and then Command Prompt. In the Command Prompt window, type "ping" followed by the NSA's IP address (use the NAS Starter Utility to find the NSA's IP address if you don't know it) and then press [ENTER].
• Make sure you are using Internet Explorer 6.0 (and later) or Firefox 1.07 (and later).
• Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScript and Java enabled. With Internet Explorer 6, you may also have to enable scripting of safe ActiveX controls. See Section 19.4.1 on page 332.

I forgot the password.

• The default password is 1234.
- If you have changed the password and forgotten it, you will have to reset the NSA.

19.4.1 Enabling Scripting of Safe ActiveX Controls

If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer, check that scripting of safe ActiveX controls is enabled.

1 In Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Security tab.

Figure 188 Internet Options: Security

2 Click the Custom Level... button.
3 Under Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting, make sure that Enable is selected (the default).

4 Click OK to close the window.

Figure 189 Security Settings - Script Safe ActiveX Controls

I can see the login screen, but I cannot log in to the NSA.

• Make sure you have entered the username and password correctly. The default username is admin, and the default password is 1234. These fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
• Turn the NSA off and on.
• If this does not work, see Section 1.1.4 on page 19 to reset the device.

I cannot see the multi-language web configurator screens while using Internet Explorer.

Use Section 19.4.1 on page 332 to enable the scripting of safe ActiveX controls.

The Web Configurator logs out by itself.

The web configurator management session automatically times out if it is left idle for 15 minutes. Simply log back into the NSA if this happens to you.

19.5 I Cannot Access The NSA

I cannot access a share.

• Check that the NSA is turned on and connected to the network. Try to ping the NSA or use the NAS Starter Utility to discover it.
• Make sure you have used the NAS Starter Utility to initialize your NSA. See Chapter 2 on page 21 for more information.
• Check that you entered your login name and password correctly.
• Check that the share exists and check its access settings.
• Check if the shared folder is a subfolder of another (parent) share. Check that the parent share's access rights do not conflict with the subfolder share. It is recommended that you do not create subfolder shares.
• Check if there are any existing mapped network drives to the NSA. You may need to disconnect existing mapped network drives as a new mapped network drive connection may use (different) previously-saved login information. To do this, open Windows Explorer and click Tools > Disconnect Mapped Network Drives.
• Check that the volume in which the share resides, exists and is not down or degraded. If it is down or degraded, see Section 19.2 on page 327.
• Make sure you have the client for Microsoft networks installed and enabled in your network connection's properties.
• In Windows XP or 2000, click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Network Connections (Network and Dial-up Connections in Windows 2000/NT) > Local Area Connection > Properties.
• Check that Client for Microsoft Networks is in the list of components and has its check box selected.

19.6 Users Cannot Access the NSA

A local user cannot access a share

• Check that the NSA is turned on and connected to the network. The local user should try to ping the NSA or use the NAS Starter Utility to discover it.
• The local user should check that he entered his login name and password correctly.
• Check if the share exists and has the correct access settings for this user.

• Check the Access Control List (ACL) of read/write permissions associated with specific files and/or folders. Account names added to the list are linked to the files and folders that they are allowed to access, along with what kinds of actions they are allowed to perform with those files and folders (delete, move, rename, and so on).

• The user's computer may already be connected to another of the NSA's shares using a different user name and/or password. This can happen without the user realizing it if the user's computer automatically connects to a share at logon. Right-click any other connected shares and click Disconnect. Then re-attempt to connect to the desired share.

• Check if the share has an ANONYMOUS or EVERYONE access right. If the user is already logged into a share using her username and password, she will NOT be able to access a share that has ANONYMOUS FTP only access rights (as these require 'no login'). In this case she should log out and try to access the share again without logging in. See Section 9.4 on page 177 for more details.
• Check if the shared folder is a subfolder of another (parent) share. Check that the parent share's access rights do not conflict with the subfolder share. It is recommended that you do not create subfolder shares.
• Check if the user belongs to a group with conflicting access rights. DENY always takes precedence. If you allow a user FULL access to a share but set his group to DENY, then he will NOT be able to access the share.
• The local user should check if there are any existing mapped network drives to the NSA. He may need to disconnect existing CIFS connections as new CIFS connection may use previously-saved login information that may be different to NSA login.
• Check that the array in which the share resides, exists and is not down or degraded. If the array is down or degraded, see Section 19.2 on page 327.
• If the user is using DFS links, then he can only access the NSA using CIFS and not FTP.
• Check that the share has not been disabled.

I cannot import domain user or user group information even though testing of the connection to the domain controller is OK.

• Check the NSA's DNS setting. The DNS server the NSA is using must be able to resolve the domain controller's address. If the domain controller uses a private IP address, the NSA needs to use a private DNS server. If the domain controller uses a public IP address, the NSA needs to use a public DNS server.
• Leave the domain and re-join it.

A domain user can't access a share.

In addition to the checks listed previously for local users, check that the domain controller is turned on and connected to the network.

A user can access a share but cannot access individual folders or files within the share.

- Check the Access Control List (ACL) of read/write permissions associated with the share's specific files and/or folders. Account names added to the list are linked to the files and folders that they are allowed to access, along with what kinds of actions they are allowed to perform with those files and folders (delete, move, rename, and so on).

19.7 External USB Drives

The COPY LED is red.

Copying files from a USB device failed. The USB device may not be compatible with the NSA. Try to save the files onto a computer and then from the computer to the NSA (through the network connection).

19.8 Firmware

I want to know the firmware version on the NSA.

Go to the Status screen. The Firmware field shows you the current firmware version running.

19.9 File Transfer

I want to transfer my file(s) from my local computer or storage device to the NSA.

- After you initialize your hard disk, you can directly access the folders in your NSA and transfer files in the same way you transfer files in your local computer:

1 On your Windows computer, click Start > Run or open a web browser.
2 Enter \ nsa followed by the number of your model (320 for example) or the Server Name you assigned the NSA. This shows you the folders in the NSA.
3 Use drag-and-drop or copy-and-paste to transfer files over to your NSA.

- Use the COPY/ SYNC button to transfer files from an external (USB) storage device to the NSA.

- If the file you want to transfer is less than or equal to 2 GB, you can use the NSA Starter Utility's zPilot screen (see Section 2.5 on page 25).

I want to transfer my file(s) from the NSA to my local computer or storage device.

- After you initialize your hard disk, you can directly access the folders in your NSA and transfer files in the same way you transfer files in your local computer:

1 On your Windows computer, click Start > Run or open a web browser.
2 Enter \ nsa followed by the number of your model (320 for example) or the Server Name you assigned the NSA. This shows you the folders in the NSA.
3 Use drag-and-drop or copy-and-paste to transfer files from your NSA to your local computer's folder or your storage device.

- You can download the files from your NSA. Just click on the file(s) in the Share Browsing screen (Section 3.4.5 on page 37). Your computer will prompt you for the location where you want to save the file.

19.10 Networking

I want to control who can access my folder(s)/file(s).

• If you are an administrator, you can configure a user's access rights. Use the Shares screen (Section 16.3 on page 297) to do this.
• If you enabled Web Publishing for a folder, anyone on your network can play the media files in the published shares. No user name and password or other form of security is used. The media server is enabled by default with the video, photo, and music shares published.

One of the computers in my network cannot use the printer I connected to the NSA.

• You must install the printer driver on each computer that will use the printer.
• Check Section 19.4 on page 330 and check for related connectivity issues.

19.11 Some Features' Screens Do Not Display

Many NSA features require a valid internal volume.

Features like the print server, download service, broadcasting, FTP and Windows/CIFS access will not work without a valid internal volume. Make sure you have a volume on an internal disk and that the volume is in the healthy state.

• Install an internal disk if one is not installed yet or has failed. See the Quick Start Guide for how to install an internal disk.
• Create a new volume if you do not have one on the internal disk yet.
• Make sure the volume on the installed internal disk is in a healthy state.

I cannot use some applications in the Web Configurator.

• The firmware installed in your NSA includes the features mentioned in Section 3.5.2 on page 46. This does not include the applications you can install using the Package Management screen.
• You can use the Package Management screen (Chapter 10 on page 215) to install more applications from a web location (specified in the firmware) to your NSA.
• If you have installed the application and can see the application's configuration screen but still cannot use it, check that you have Enabled the application.

19.12 Media Server Functions

I set the media server function to publish a folder, but some of the files in the folder do not display in the list on the media client.

Files with formats that are not supported on the media server may not display in the list. See Section 20.2 on page 346 for the file formats that the media server supports.

I published a folder with the media server function, but the media client does not play some of the files (or does not play them properly).

1 Files with formats that are not supported on the media server may not display in the list. See Section 20.2 on page 346 for the file formats that the media server supports.
2 If you are using media client software, you may need to install codecs on your computer. Since the media client software uses your computer's installed codecs, files do not play if the required codec is not installed on your computer.
3 The media client may not support the file's format.

iTunes does not display the names of all the music files I just put on the NSA.

1 Make sure the files are a format supported by iTunes. See Section 20.3 on page 346.
2 Go to Applications > Media Server. Make sure the share containing the music files is published and the iTunes server option is enabled.

3 If an iTunes client is connected, the NSA's iTunes server function scans the published media server folders for files every three minutes. Leave iTunes connected to the NSA for three minutes. Then use the NSA's eject button (as shown next) to disconnect.

Figure 190 iTunes Eject Button

4 Then click the NSA's link to reconnect.

Figure 191 iTunes Reconnected

5 Another way to get the NSA's iTunes server function to scan the published media server folders for files is to go to Applications > Media Server and disable and re-enable the iTunes server option. If you uploaded many files, it may take awhile for the NSA to find and list all of them. Then try reconnecting your iTunes client.

I cannot use iTunes to play files located on my NSA.

1 Make sure the files are a format supported by iTunes. See Section 20.3 on page 346.

2 If you have files from the iTunes Store that use DRM, you need to use your Apple account ID and password to authorize other computers to play the files. Apple permits you to authorize up to five computers at a time. To authorize a computer, open iTunes and click Store > Authorize Computer.
3 If you are connecting through a NAT router, make sure that TCP port 3689 and UDP port 5353 are open for traffic on both the server and the client and all points in between (especially the NAT router). If your router includes a firewall, make sure it also allows TCP port 3689 and UDP port 5353 traffic.

19.13 Download Service and Broadcasting Functions

The download list or broadcatching items are missing after I removed a hard drive.

The NSA's download and broadcasting lists are stored on the system volume. If you have two JBOD volumes, it is possible to remove one and still use the other. However if you remove the system volume, you may lose the download and broadcasting lists. With two JBOD volumes, the hard disk that was installed first is usually the system volume.

The channel I added in the Broadcasting screen is active but no files are downloaded to the NSA.

Check the Download Policy for that channel (see Section 9.9.1 on page 196). It may be set to manual download. You can configure your NSA to download all items or only new items automatically once the channel is updated.

I cannot find the download files.

By default, the Download Service and Broadcasting features store downloaded files as follows:

• P2P download jobs are stored in /*/incoming (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)
• HTTP/FTP jobs are stored in /* (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)
• All jobs triggered by RSS channels create the subfolder in /* using the channel name where it store all files downloaded from that channel (where '*' is a folder that you have set.)

Check your Preferences in the Download Service (Section 9.7 on page 181) and Broadcasting (Section 9.9 on page 194) screens to know or configure where downloaded files are stored.

19.14 Web Publishing

A web-published share cannot be accessed by web browser from the Internet.

• Make sure the person trying to access the share is using the correct web address (and port number if the NSA's web publishing feature is not using port 80). See page 210 for details.
  • Make sure the publishing feature is turned on and the share is in the list of published shares.
• Make sure the person trying to access the share is using Internet Explorer 6.0 (and later) or Firefox 1.07 (and later).
• You need to use a public address to access the NSA's web-published shares from the Internet. If your NSA uses a private IP address, use the public IP address of your Internet gateway (firewall) and configure NAT or port forwarding on your Internet gateway and possibly firewall rules in order to let people access the NSA's web-published shares from the Internet.
• Make sure the firewall's public IP address is static or that the firewall uses a Dynamic Domain Name (DDNS).
• Web publishing uses TCP protocol and the port number you specify. Make sure there is not another service using TCP protocol with the same port number.
• If Firefox access to the share does not work, check that you did not set the Web publishing feature to use one of the following ports. (Firefox blocks these ports by default.)

Table 124 Ports Blocked By Default in Firefox

PORT SERVICE PORT SERVICE PORT SERVICE
1 tcpmux	95 supdup 513 login
7 echo		101	hostriame	514 shell
9 discard		102	iso-tsap	515 printer
11	systat		103	gppitnp	526	tempo
13	daytime		104	acr-nema 530 courier
15	netstat		109	POP2	531	chat
17	qotd		110	POP3	532	netnews
19	chargen		111	sunrpc	540	uucp
20	ftp data		113	auth	556	remotefs
21	ftp control		115	sftp	563	NNTP+ SSL
22	ssh		117	uucp-path	587	submission
23	telnet		119	NNTP	601	syslog
25	smtp		123	NTP	636	LDAP+ SSL
37	time		135	loc-srv epmap	993	IMAP+ SSL
42	name		139	netbios 995 POP3+ SSL
43	nicname		143	IMAP2	2049	nfs
53	domain		179	BGP	4045	lockd
77	priv-rjs		389	LDAP	6000	X11
79	finger		465	SMTP+ SSL
87	ttylink		512	print exec

- Make sure your ISP allows you to run a server and is not blocking the port number of the NSA's web publishing feature.

19.15 Auto Upload

The NSA does not automatically upload files to Flickr or YouTube.

1 Make sure the NSA is connected to the Internet. See Section 8.4 on page 166 for details about testing network connections.
2 Click Maintenance > Log to check the NSA's log for a message about the file.

2a If the log message displays "no such file or directory", the file may have been removed from the NSA. Make sure the file still exists in the watch folder.
2b If the log message displays "filename is queued", the file may still be waiting for auto upload. Check the grace period setting in the service's Configuration screen. You can set a smaller grace period to shorten the queue time.
2c If you cannot find any log messages about the file:

• Make sure the Folder Watch List includes the folder containing the file. You can upload the file to the watch folder again.
• Make sure the file's format is supported by Flickr or YouTube. You can find the supported file extensions in the Folder Watch List.

2d If the log message displays "not authorized yet", check if you can enter the NSA's Configuration screen for the service. If you changed the password of your Flickr or YouTube account, you cannot access the service's Configuration screen, and the NSA cannot auto upload files. Make sure you also update the account information in the NSA.

3 Make sure the file size does not exceed the limit imposed by the service. At the time of writing, Flickr restricts the file size to 10 MB, and YouTube restricts the file size to 100 MB.
4 Make sure you did not exceed the service's upload quota. Flickr and YouTube have different policies about how much you can upload within a certain period, for example, 100 MB/week.
5 The NSA may have temporarily failed to connect to the service. You can upload the file to the watch folder again.

19.16 Package Management

The NSA won't install the package(s) I selected in the Package Management screen.

• The web location of the package may be undergoing maintenance. Try again at a later time. Upgrade the firmware of the NSA.
• If a new firmware is available, do an upgrade and try installing the package(s) again.

The eMule Search screen does not work.

You need to be connected to an eMule server before you can use the Search screen. Wait for the NSA to connect to a server before configuring the Search screen.

I want to know how my hard disk is performing.

Use S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology) to monitor hard disks. It detects and reports the reliability of hard disks using standard indicators, enabling administrators to anticipate possible disk failures. Go to the Package Management screen to install the S.M.A.R.T. application.

19.17 Backups

I cannot make a backup.

• Check that enough space is available on the external disk. If there isn't you may need to purge older backups or delete other files on the backup USB disk or NSA (see Section 10.11 on page 245).
• If you are using BackupPlanner (Section 10.12 on page 246):
• You can look at the Backup screen's Last Run Result display.
• If you're backing up to another NSA, another NSA, or a computer, check that it allows the NSA to write files to it. For a synchronization backup, the target must be another NSA or another compatible model.
• Check that the NSA is not performing another backup job. Scheduler queues backups when a different backup is already going on at the time a backup is scheduled.

The backup does not run at the time configured.

• Check that the correct time is configured on the NSA.
• Check that the NSA is able to access the time server from which it gets the time; see Section 6.7 on page 147.

Product Specifications

See also Chapter 1 on page 17 for a general overview of the key features.

20.1 LEDs

This table describes the NSA's LEDs.

Table 125 LEDs

LED	NAME	COLOR	STATUS	DESCRIPTION
	POWER B	Blue On The	NSA is turned on and receiving power.
			Off The NSA is turned off.
	SYSTEM	Green On	The NSA has fully started and is operating normally.
			Blinking The NSA is starting up.
		Orange B	Linking The NSA is upgrading the firmware.
	HDD	Green	On	The hard disk drive is connected properly to the NSA. This LED also stays on green when the hard disk drive is in hibernation.
			Blinking	The NSA is saving data to the hard disk drive.
		Red	On	The NSA detected an error on the hard disk drive (like a bad sector for example). The NSA automatically tries to recover a bad sector, but the LED stays red until the NSA restarts.
			Off The NSA cannot detect a hard disk in the disk bay.
	USB	Green On	The USB device is connected properly to the NSA.
			Blinking	The NSA is saving data to the USB device.
		Red	On The USB device has failed and the NSA can no longer detect it.
			Off No USB device connected to the USB port.
	LAN	Green	On	The NSA has a successful 10/100 Mbps Ethernet connection.
			Blinking	The 100M LAN is sending or receiving packets.
			Off	The NSA does not have a 10/100 Mbps Ethernet connection.
		Amber On	The NSA has a successful 1000 Mbps Ethernet connection.
			Blinking	The 1000 M LAN is sending or receiving packets.
			Off The NSA does not have a 1000 Mbps Ethernet connection.
	COPY/SYNC	Green On	A USB device is connected to the NSA.
			Blinking The NSA is copying or synchronizing files to or from the USB device.
		Red On On	Copying or synchronizing files to or from the USB device failed.
			Off No USB device is connected.

20.2 Supported Media Server Content Formats

The following describes the details about the files that the NSA media server can publish.

• Audio: LPCM (not supported as a file format), MP3, WMA, M4A, M4B, MP4, 3GP, WAV, OGG, FLAC, AAC, MP2, AC3, MPA, MP1, AIF, ASF
• Images: JPEG, PNG, TIF, TIFF, BMP, GIF
• Video: WMV, MPEG2, MP1, MPG, SPTS, MP4, AVI, VOB, DivX, 3GP, VDR, MPE, DVR-MS, Xvid, M1V, M4V, MOV, MPV, MKV, FLV, MTS

Note: Not all published file types can be viewed by all client applications.

20.3 Supported iTunes Server Content Formats

At the time of writing, the NSA supports iTunes publishing audio files of the following formats: mp3, m4a, m4p, wav, and mp4.

Legal Information

Copyright

Copyright © 2013 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation.

The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, translated into any language, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, photocopying, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation.

Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation. All rights reserved.

Disclaimers

ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products, or software described herein. Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others. ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice. This publication is subject to change without notice.

Do not use the NSA for illegal purposes. Illegal downloading or sharing of files can result in severe civil and criminal penalties. You are subject to the restrictions of copyright laws and any other applicable laws and will bear the consequences of any infringements thereof. ZyXEL bears NO responsibility or liability for your use of the download service feature.

Make sure all data and programs on the NSA are also stored elsewhere. ZyXEL is not responsible for any loss of or damage to any data, programs, or storage media resulting from the use, misuse, or disuse of this or any other ZyXEL product.

Certifications

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Interference Statement

The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

• This device may not cause harmful interference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operations.

This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

Notices

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Viewing Certifications

1 Go to http://www.zyxel.com.

2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product's page.

3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page.

ZyXEL warrants to the original end user (purchaser) that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, ZyXEL will, at its discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor, and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value, and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL. This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions.

Note

Repair or replacement, as provided under this warranty, is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser.

To obtain the services of this warranty, contact your vendor. You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http://www.zyxel.com/web/support_warranty_info.php.

Registration

Register your product online to receive e-mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www.zyxel.com for global products, or at www.us.zyxel.com for North American products.

Safety Warnings

• Do NOT use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
• Do NOT expose your device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids.
• Do NOT store things on the device.
• Do NOT install, use, or service this device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.

• Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device.

• Do NOT open the device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks. ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device. Please contact your vendor for further information.

• ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device.
• Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports.
• Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them.
  • Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling.
• Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device.
• Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe).
• Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord.
• Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution.
• If the power adaptor or cord is damaged, remove it from the power outlet.
• Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord. Contact your local vendor to order a new one.
• Do not use the device outside, and make sure all the connections are indoors. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
• CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY (on the motherboard) IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS. Dispose them at the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. For detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the store where you purchased the product.
• Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots, as insufficient airflow may harm your device.

Your product is marked with this symbol, which is known as the WEEE mark. WEEE stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment. It means that used electrical and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste. Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately.

download service 181

Flickr/YouTube 266

FTP 178

FTP Uploadr 275

recycle bins 40, 299

web publishing 193

ANONYMOUS FTP 335

anonymous FTP access 178

application zone 42

applications 175, 265

auto upload

Flickr/YouTube 265

FTP Uploadr 274

broadcatching 177, 194

adding channels 181, 195, 196

channel guides 210

RSS 177

COPY/SYNC button 202

configuration 202

example 212

synchronization 212

download service 176, 204

activation 181

adding a task 184, 191

configuration 181

link capture browser plugin 205

notifications 205

P2P download 184, 204

preferences 186

protection 206, 207

status 183

URL 184, 232

FTP 175, 177, 265

activation 178

anonymous access 178

passive mode transfer 178

media server 176, 178

configuration 179

iTunes server 176, 203, 204

print server 211

configuration 201

name 201

web publishing 176, 193, 209

activation 193

example 208

port number 210

archive 122

authorization

Flickr 266, 268

YouTube 271

auto upload

Flickr/YouTube 265

activation 266

authorization 266, 271

configuration 270, 271

FTP Uploadr 274

activation 275

bandwidth limit 278

configuration 276

serverentry275

grace period 271, 273, 278

B

backup 122

archive 122

synchronization tutorial 125

tutorial 125

backup files

restoring files by 131

backup job

restoring files by 128

backup settings 313

bandwidth limit 278

broadcatching 177, 194

adding channels 181, 195, 196

channel guides 210

RSS 177

browser plugin, capturing link 205

browsing shares 37

C

capturing download links 205

certificate 315

editing 315

tutorial 106

verifying 116

changing password 32

channel guides 210

CIFS 142

configuration

COPY/SYNC button 202

download service 181

Flickr 270

FTP Uploadr 276

print server 201

recycle bins 302

YouTube 271, 272

COPY/SYNC button 19, 202

configuration 202

example 212

synchronization 212

copying contents 304

CPU

temperature 138

usage 138

creating

groups 294, 295

shares 298, 299

users 288, 289

volumes 155, 158

D

data protection 163

date 147

diagnostic tool 168

diagnostic tools 168

discovery 21

disk

S.M.A.R.T. attributes 262

disk replacement 152

displaying user information 292

DLNA 176, 203

DNS 165, 168

documentation

related 2

Domain Name System, see DNS

domain user

troubleshooting 335

troubleshooting share access 335

download period control 187

download service 176, 204

activation 181

adding a task 184, 191

configuration 181

download period control 187

link capture browser plugin 205

notifications 205

activation 181

P2P download

IP filtering 189, 190

protection 206, 207

re-seeding 182

settings 188

torrent files 184, 204

preferences 186

status 183

URL, download service 184, 232

downloading files 39

duplexing 161

E

Exchangeable image file format, see Exif

Exif 35

explicit TLS/SSL 118

external volumes 158

F

fan speed 138

file

troubleshooting access 335

file browser

configure share 40

share browser 37

File Transfer Protocol over Explicit TLS, see FTPES

File Transfer Protocol over TLS, see FTPS

files

downloading 39

uploading 39

FileZilla 118

fingerprint 116

firmware, upgrading 143

Flickr 265

access rights 271

activation 266

authorization 266, 268

grace period 271

safety level 271

folder

troubleshooting access 335

folder creation 38

FTP 118, 175, 177, 265

activation 178

anonymous access 178

over TLS 118

passive mode transfer 178

FTP Uploadr 274

activation 275

bandwidth limit 278

configuration 276

grace period 278

server entry 275

FTPES 175

FTPES - FTP over explicit TLS/SSL 118

FTPS 118, 265

membership 291, 295

names 295

searching 294

Guide

Quick Start 2

H

Home

icons 33

HTTP port 168

HTTPS 111, 314

|

icons 33, 45, 48

global 33, 45

users 289

IP address 165

IP filtering 189, 190

iTunes server 176, 180, 203, 204

J

JBOD 156, 160, 162

jumbo frames 166, 168

K

Ken Burns 43

L

lag, time 142

language 44

latitude 36

link capture browser plugin 205

login 31

Logitech SqueezeCenter 180

G

global icons 33, 45

GMT 28, 149

Google Maps 36

GPS 36

grace period 271, 273, 278

groups 293

adding 294, 295

editing 295

logs 309

longitude 36

M

maintenance 305

backup settings 313

logs 309

power management 305

failure 306

resume 306

schedule 308

UPS 306

reset 313

restoring settings 313

shutdown 317

upgrading firmware 143

master browser 147

media server 176, 178

configuration 179

iTunes server 176, 180, 204

rebuild database 178

share publish 179

SqueezeCenter 180

status 178

membership 291

groups 291, 295

mirroring 161

moving contents 304

N

naming

server 147

shares 41

volumes 157

workgroup 147

NAS Starter Utility 21, 30

navigation panel 46

network 165

diagnostic tools 168

DNS 165, 168

HTTP port 168

IP address 165

jumbo frames 166, 168

PPPoE 165, 173, 174

activation 173

TCP/IP 166

network connection test 168

notifications

download service

activation 181

notifications, download service 205

0

other documentation 2

P

P2P download

IP filtering 189, 190

protection 206, 207

re-seeding 182

settings 188

torrent files 184, 204

health 192

info-hash 193

trackers 193

parity 161

passive mode transfer 178

password 32, 43

ping 168

Play Next 44

port mapping 169

port, HTTP 168

power management 305

failure 306

resume 306

schedule 308

UPS 306

PPPoE 165, 173, 174

activation 173

preferences, download service 186

print server 211

configuration 201

name 201

protect 122

backup 122

backup tutorial 125

protection, download service 206, 207

public key certificate 315

editing 315

publishing shares 179

Q

Quick Start Guide 2

R

RAID 156, 160

degraded 154

RAID 0 161, 162

RAID 1 161, 163

recovering 152

replacing disks 152

resynchronization 152

rebuild media server database 178

recycle bins 301

activation 40, 299

configuration 298, 302

related documentation 2

replacing disks 152

reset 19, 313

restoring

by backup files tutorial 131

by backup job tutorial 128

files 128

restoring settings 313

RSS 177

download service notifications 205

s

S.M.A.R.T.

attributes 262

safety level, Flickr 271

scanning volumes 158

schedule, power management 308

scheduling, download service 187

secure connections 111

server

Syslog 223

TFTP 225

server entry, FTP Uploadr 275

server name 147

setup

COPY/SYNC button 202

download service 181

Flickr 270

FTP Uploadr 276

media server 179

P2P download 188

print server 201

YouTube 271, 272

share

configuration 40

troubleshooting local user access 334

share publishing 179

shares 37, 297

access rights 41, 300, 301

adding 298, 299

browser 37

copying contents 304

downloading files 39

editing 299

folder creation 38

moving contents 304

names 41

recycle bins 298, 301

activation 299

configuration 302

share browser 298, 302

status 298

types 298

uploading files 39, 237, 303

shutdown 317

SqueezeCenter 180

SSL 118, 314

certificate 315

editing 315

tutorial 106

status 45, 138

download service 183

shares 298

volume 153, 154

storage 151

creating volumes 155

disk replacement 152

JBOD 151, 156, 160, 162

methods 160

duplexing 161

mirroring 161

parity 161

striping 161

naming volumes 157

RAID 151, 156, 160

degraded 154

RAID 0 161, 162

RAID 1 161, 163

recovering 152

resynchronization 152

status 153, 154

USB devices 158, 159

volumes 151, 160

striping 161

synchronization 202, 212

configuration 202

directions 203

single direction 212

tutorial 125

two directions 213

Syslog server 223

system

date/time 147

login 31

master browser 147

password 32

reset 19

server name 147

settings 141

status 138

time lag 142

workgroup name 147

system settings 43

T

TCP/IP 166

temperature

CPU 138

TFTP server 225

thumbprint 116

time 147

lag 142

server 148

zone 28, 149

Time Machine 283

TLS 118, 175, 265

torrent files 184, 204

health 192

info-hash 193

trackers 193

Transport Layer Security, see TLS

troubleshooting

domain user 335

domain user share access 335

file access 335

folder access 335

forgot password 330, 331

LED indicators 327

LAN 328

local user share access 334

login 333

media files 338

NAS Starter Utility 329

overview 327

user share access 334

web configurator access 331

U

Universal Plug and Play. See UPnP.

upgrading firmware 143

uploading files 39, 237, 303

UPnP 169

port mapping 169

UPS 306

URL 184, 232

USB devices 158, 159

User Name 220

usernames 291

users 287

adding an account 288, 289

displaying information 289, 292

editing an account 289

group membership 291, 295

icons 289

search 288

usernames 291

V

video category, YouTube 273

video playback 44

volumes 151, 160

creation 155, 158

JBOD 151, 156, 160, 162

names 157

RAID 151, 156, 160

degraded 154

RAID 0 161, 162

RAID 1 161, 163

recovering 152

resynchronization 152

scanning 158

status 153, 154

storage methods 160

duplexing 161

mirroring 161

parity 161

striping 161

grace period 273

video category 273

Z

zPilot 25

W

web configurator 29

icons 33

login 31

navigation panel 46

password 32, 43

status 45

web publishing 176, 193, 209

activation 193

example 208

port number 210

troubleshooting 341

web security 111

workgroup name 147

Y

YouTube 265

access rights 274

activation 266

authorization 271

configuration 271, 272